Miniature Shock Absorbers - BIBUS

Automation Control EquipmentMain CatalogueEdition 9/2004Industrial Shock AbsorbersNew modelsSafety Shock AbsorbersTUBUS BumpersNew modelsRotary DampersNew modelsDampers / Feed ControlsNew modelsGas SpringsNew models

Major CustomersIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change2Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

EditorialDear Reader,This catalogue presents all aspects of damping and deceleration methods you need to reduceharmful and destructive energies effectively. ACE offers coordinated deceleration systems that helpyou to attain increased productivity, longer service life, greater power and speeds for your drives,motors, or systems.ACE maintains its position as the Market Leader in motion control technology and sets the trendtowards smaller and higher performance control components.Please note the ”A” of ACE throughout the catalogue. It will point out advantages,characteristics and new products which we consider important for you.3NEWpage 19NEWpage 27MC 30320 % more EnergyAbsorption Capacityfor Greater ProductivityWith the weight of only 10 gm,the MC 30 provides energycapacity of 3.5 Nm and coversan effective weight rangefrom 0.4 up to 15 kg.NEWpage 77MA 30 / MA 50Adjustable MiniaturesAdjustable with thread sizesM8x1 and M10x1, they combineenergy capacity of 3.5 Nm and5.5 Nm per cycle with a verysmall package size.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeMini-TUBUSProfile Dampers for theSmall Emergency Stop3 new models complete therange of products for smallapplications and provideenergy capacity from 12 Nmup to 30 Nm.NEWpage 85FFD 25 to 30Oiless Rotary DampersThese dampers provide dampingtorque from 0.1 up to3Nm, damping clockwise oranticlockwise. Having no pivotaxis allows the installation ofmultiple units together toincrease the damping torque.All rights to the production, trade names, design and illustrations of this catalogue are reserved. No part ofthis publication may be reproduced, copied or printed without permission; violations will be prosecuted.Construction, dimensions and specifications of ACE products are subject to change.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 3

IndexGeneralThe calculation bases have been developedover 40 years, tested in cooperation withuniversities and successfully confirmed inthousands of individual cases. User-friendlysoftware solutions are provided free ofcharge as support. Sales are focused oncustomer benefits and cover a large rangeof services through a trained network ofdistribution partners, technical salesrepresentatives and professional office dutystaff. Technical advice, design, documentation,construction support and onsite ortelephone training are all available.Industrial ShockAbsorbersIndustrial shock absorbers are used ashydraulic machine components for slowingdown moving loads with minimal machineload.ACE shock absorbers are characterized bythe use of the most recent and innovativetechnologies such as the piston tube orrolling diaphragm technique. Thus, theshock absorbers offer the highest servicelife in connection with high energy absorption.ACE industrial shock absorbers aremachine components that are easy to useand also flexible in use with their multitudeof optional parts.Safety Shock AbsorbersSafety shock absorbers are used to providesecurity in emergency stop applications.Auto warehouse units, conveyors, or craneequipment, they are an inexpensive alternativeto industrial shock absorbers. Safetyshock absorbers are maintenance-free, selfcontainedand constructed with an integratedpositive stop. They feature an integrateddiaphragm accumulator or work with acompressed nitrogen bladder. ACE offerssafety shock absorbers with strokes from 23to 1200 mm. At the same time we calculateand manufacture the layout of the dampingorifices for your individual requirements.TUBUS-Profile DampersThe innovative TUBUS profile dampers area cost-efficient alternative for emergencystop applications. They are made from aspecial co-polyester elastomer. They constantlyabsorb energies in areas in whichother materials fail. The excellent dampingcharacteristics are achieved as a result ofthe special elastomer material and theworldwide-patented design. The profiledampers are constructed to absorb theemerging energy with a damping curvethat is declining (TA-series), almost linear(TS-series) or progressive (TR-series). TheTUBUS series comprises five main typeswith over 80 individual models.Rotary DampersThe rotary damper is a maintenance-freemachine component for controlling rotaryor linear motion.ACE rotary dampers ensure a controlledopening of small lids, flaps and drawers.The harmonic, soft motion sequence protectssensitive components and increasesthe quality and value of the product.Hydraulic Dampersand Feed ControlsIndustrial Gas SpringsHydraulic dampers are infinitely adjustableand provide accurate feed rate control.They are ideal for sawing, grinding andboring machines.Feed controls are used to control traverserates. They can control the parallel feedin both directions or be used as a compensatingelement for moving loads. As aGas springs (push type) can be used with allapplications in which the lifting and loweringof loads must be controlled. They supportmanual forces and are used to controlthe lifting and lowering of lids, flaps, hoodsetc. They are maintenance-free, self-containedand deliverable ex stock. Their integralgrease chamber provides a lower breakoutforce, reduced friction and extremelylong life. Industrial traction gas springs aresecurity element, they prevent the suddenretraction of devices.effective in the pulling direction. Lockablegas springs can be blocked and released ineach position of the stroke. They can be deliveredin rigid or springy lockable design.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change4Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

PageYour advantages:Calculation safetyLow customer expenditureConstruction safetyAll High additional benefitsOperational support service• Supplementary servicesproducts from one sourceFree of chargeMade from one piece170 modelsMajor customersEditorialUnbeatable rangeUnbeatable rangeTechnical supportFunction of shock absorbersConventional damping systemsComparison of design and functionFormulae and calculationsCapacity chart2367891011 - 1213 - 1516 - 17Your advantages:Safe and reliable productionHigh service life of the machine• Lightweight and low costconstructionLow operating costsQuiet and economic machinesLow machine load• Increased profitsHigh service lifeLow strain on machinesInnovative technologyContinuously adjustableNew areas of applicationHigh-capacityShortest cycle timesSuited for clean room technologyLow profileUseful hintsMC 9 to 600SC 190 to 925SC 2 -SeriesMA 30 to 900Accessories M6 to M25Mounting, installation & app. examplesMAGNUM-SeriesAir/Oil tanks and installation hintsSpecial shock absorbersCA 2 to 4 and A1 1 /2 to 3Installation examples18 - 21 NEW22 - 2324 - 2526 - 27 NEW28 - 3031 - 3334 - 4445 - 464748 - 5354 - 55Your advantages:Optimal machine protection• Lightweight and low costconstructionMaximum traverse paths• State-of-the-art dampingtechnologyAlmost universally applicable• Always ready to useMaximum stroke lengthCustomised performanceRobust and self-containedSCS-33 to 64SCS-38 to 63CB-63 to 160Operating instructionsApplication examples56 - 5960 - 6364 - 676869Your advantages:InexpensiveSmaller and lighter constructionsSpace-saving designProduction safety• Usable with temperatures from-30°C to 90°C• Resistant to grease, oils, petrol,microbes, chemicals, sea-waterCompact designSoft contact characteristicsFor crane equipmentProduction safetyTA 12 to 116TS 14 to 107TR 29 to 100TR-L 29 to 188TC 64 to 176Profile dampers – overviewApplication examples70 - 7172 - 7374 - 7576 - 77 NEW78 - 798081Your advantages:• Maintenance-free and selfcontainedSafe motionDesign-orientedEconomical constructionBroad range of application• Increased value of your productthanks to high component qualityMiniatureMedium-damping torqueHigh-damping torqueCompact designAdjustableLow profile designFRT-E2 and FRT-G2FRT/FRN-C2 and -D2FRT/FRN-K2, FRT/FRN-F2 and FFDFYN-N1 and FYN-K1FYT/FYN-H1 and -LA3FDT and FDNCalculations and application examples82 - 838485 NEW86 NEW878889 - 91Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeYour advantages with hydraulic dampers:Sensitive adjustmentImmediately deliverable from stock• Stick-slip-freeShorter processing timesYour advantages with feed controls:Constant speed ratesStandard version, ex stockBi-directional damping• Easy to mountYour advantages:• Immediately deliverable from stockwith valveIndividual filling by valve technology• Calculation program for individualdesign• Maintenance-freeNo customer constructionexpenditurePrecision feed controlsEasy to mountDual feed speedLong stroke adjustable damperDoor dampersFully adjustablePull type gas springsLockableEasy installationSuited for clean roomtechnologyVC 25FA, MA and MVCApplication examplesDVCHB-15 to 70TD-28 and TDE-28Application examplesFunction, calculation & mounting tipsGS-8 to 70GZ-19 to 28GBF-28 and GBS-28Acc's for gas springs & feed controlsIndustrial gas springs/stainless steelCalculation formulaeApplication examplesNotesFax request92 - 9394 - 95 NEW9596 - 9798 -103104105106 - 108109 - 117118 - 119120 - 121 NEW122 - 125126127128129 - 130131Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 5

6Industrial Shock AbsorbersAn Unbeatable RangeFinest Availablewww.acecontrols-int.comSizes from6 to 190 mm dia.Stroke lengths from5 to 406 mmIncrease production – Reduce wear & tear – Minimise down time – Save moneySafety Shock AbsorbersSizes from33 to 230 mm dia.Stroke lengths from25 to 1200 mmIncrease safety – Minimise risk – Prevent damage – Reduce repair costs – Peace of mindTUBUS BumpersSizes from12 to 176 mm dia.Stroke lengths from5 to 198 mmIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeIncrease safety – Compact size – Prevent damage – Special Elastomer – Peace of mind6Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

An Unbeatable RangeFinest Availablewww.acecontrols-int.comIndustrial Gas Springs7Sizes from8 to 70 mm Body dia.Stroke lengths from20 to 1000 mmIncrease safety – Fingertip control – Reduce operator effort – Gain Peace of mindHydraulic Dampers and Feed ControlsSizes from10 to 70 mm Body dia.Stroke lengths from8 to 800 mmIncreased control – Improved product finish – Reduce running costs – Increase accuracyIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeRotary DampersSizes from10 to 80 mm Body dia.Rotary dampingabout 105° to 360°Controlled rotary motion – High quality damping – Low cost – Improved “Feel” of productStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 7

8Technical SupportFinest Availablewww.acecontrols-int.comUp-to-date, Product Information, News, TechnicalAdvice, Application Enquiry E-mail Service andLocal Distributor Contact Details2D & 3D CAD ViewerOnline Shock AbsorberSelection ProgramIn-house Shock Absorber Unique ApplicationSimulation ServiceShock AbsorberSelection ProgramIn-house Gas Spring Application Geometry &Selection ServiceIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change8Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Shock Absorber FunctionVirtually all manufacturing processes involve movement of some kind.In production machinery this can involve linear transfers, rotary indexmotions, fast feeds etc. At some point these motions change directionor come to a stop.Any moving object possesses kinetic energy as a result of its motion andif the object changes direction or is brought to rest, the dissipation of thiskinetic energy can result in destructive shock forces within the structuraland operating parts of the machine.9Kinetic energy increases as the square of the speed and the heavier theobject, or the faster it travels, the more energy it has. An increase in productionrates is only possible by dissipating this kinetic energy smoothlyand thereby eliminating destructive deceleration forces.Older methods of energy absorption such as rubber buffers, springs,hydraulic dashpots and cylinder cushions do not provide this requiredsmooth deceleration characteristic – they are non linear and producehigh peak forces at some point during their stroke.The optimum solution is achieved by an ACE industrial shock absorber.This utilises a series of metering orifices spaced throughout its strokelength and provides a constant linear deceleration with the lowestpossible reaction force in the shortest stopping time.ACE Controlled Linear DecelerationACE demo showing a wine glass droppingfree fall 1.3 m. Decelerated by an ACE shockabsorber not a drop of wine is spilled.Stopping with Rubber Buffers, Springs,Dashpots or Cylinder CushionsResult:Raw MaterialProduction● Loss of Production● Machine Damage● Increased Maintenance Costs● Increased Operating NoiseRubber BufferFinishedProductScrap● Higher Machine ConstructionCostsIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeStopping with ACE Shock AbsorbersACE Shock AbsorberProductionRaw MaterialFinished ProductBenefits:● Increased Production● Increased Operating Lifeof the Machine● Improved Machine Efficiency● Reduced Construction Costsof the Machine● Reduced Maintenance CostsACE Shock Absorber● Reduced Noise Pollution● Reduced Energy CostsStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 9

Comparison of Damping Systems10Stopping Force (N)ComparisonHydraulicDashpotPneumaticCylinderCushionsSprings - orRubber Buffers1. Hydraulic Dashpot (High stopping force at start of the stroke).With only one metering orifice the moving load is abruptly slowed downat the start of the stroke. The braking force rises to a very high peak at thestart of the stroke (giving high shock loads) and then falls away rapidly.2. Springs and Rubber Buffers (High stopping forces at end of stroke).At full compression. Also they store energy rather than dissipating it,causing the load to rebound back again.ACE Industrial Shock Absorbers3. Air Buffers, Pneumatic Cylinder Cushions (High stopping force at end ofstroke). Due to the compressibility of air these have a sharply rising forcecharacteristic towards the end of the stroke. The majority of the energy isabsorbed near the end of the stroke.Stopping Stroke4. ACE Industrial Shock Absorbers (Uniform stopping force through theentire stroke). The moving load is smoothly and gently brought to restby a constant resisting force throughout the entire shock absorber stroke.The load is decelerated with the lowest possible force in the shortestpossible time eliminating damaging force peaks and shock damageto machines and equipment. This is a linear deceleration force strokecurve and is the curve provided by ACE industrial shock absorbers.In addition they considerably reduce noise pollution.Energy Capacity Reaction Force (Stopping Force) Stopping TimeACE Shock AbsorberHydraulicDashpotACE Shock AbsorberForce(N)Force(N)Qv(m/s)tHydraulicDashpotACE Shock AbsorbertHydraulicDashpotQStopping Stroke Stopping Stroke Stopping TimeAssumption:Same maximum reaction force.Result:The ACE shock absorber canabsorb considerably more energy(represented by the area underthe curve).Benefit:By installing an ACE shockabsorber production rates canbe more than doubled withoutincreasing deceleration forces orreaction forces on the machine.Assumption:Same energy absorption(area under the curve).Result:The reaction force transmittedby the ACE shock absorber isvery much lower.Benefit:By installing the ACE shockabsorber the machine wear andmaintenance can be drasticallyreduced.Assumption:Same energy absorption.Result:The ACE shock absorberstops the moving load in amuch shorter time.Benefit:By installing an ACE shockabsorber cycle times are reducedgiving much higher productionrates.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change10Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Comparison of Design and FunctionComparison of DesignPistonO-RingPressure Chamber Accumulator U-Cup/Rod WiperPiston Tube Rolling Diaphragm Seal11Standard Design of ACE Miniature Shock AbsorbersThese miniature shock absorbers have a static pressurechamber. The dynamic piston forces the hydraulic oilto escape through the metering orifices.The displaced oil is absorbed by the accumulator.A static seal system containing a U-cup and a wiperseals the shock absorber internally.The outer body and the pressure chamber are fullymachined from solid with closed rear end.ACE Design for Higher DemandsACE Piston Tube Technology:The increased volume of displaced hydraulic oil provides200 % more energy absorption capacity in comparisonwith the standard design. The wider effective weightrange enables these dampers to cover a much widerrange of applications. The piston and inner tube arecombined into a single component.ACE Rolling Diaphragm System:By the proven dynamic ACE rolling diaphragm sealsystem the shock absorber becomes hermetically sealedand provides up to 25 million cycles. The rolling diaphragmseal allows direct installation into the end coverof pneumatic cylinders (up to 7 Bar).These technologies are used separately or combined onthe MC 150 M to MC 600 M and SC 2 25 M to SC 2 650 Mmodel ranges.General Functionv = 2 m/s v = 1,5 m/s v = 1 m/s v = 0,5 m/s v = 0 m/snIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changennnnnnnn*4 *3*2*1*0P = 400 bar P = 400 bar P = 400 bar P = 400 bar P = 0 bar* The load velocity reduces continuously as you travel through the stroke due to the reduction in the number of meteringorifices (*) in action. The internal pressure remains essentially constant and thus the Force vs. stroke curve remains linear.F = Force (N)P = Internal pressure (bar)s = Stroke (m)t = Deceleration time (s)v = Velocity (m/s)nF/Pvs/tStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 11t

Built – in Safety12 Industrial shock absorbers and automobile braking systems havetwo crucial functional similarities:1. Both should bring a moving mass quickly and safely to restwithout any recoil or “bounce back”.2. Both must never suddenly fail without warning.ACE industrial shock absorbers are built to the highestquality. Shock absorber bodies and inner pressurechambers are fully machined from solid high tensilealloy steel. This gives a completely closed endone-piece pressure chamber with no seals orcirclips being necessary.The advantage of this design conceptis that the ACE shock absorber is ableto withstand much higher internalpressures or overload withoutdamage, giving a very high safetymargin. The chance of a suddenfailure due to overload etc.is effectively ruled out.Piston Rod hightensile steel hardenedand corrosion resistant.Bearing maintenance free,and self-lubricating.Shock Absorber Body massively builtone-piece body with closed rear end.Fully machined from solid steel to ensuretotal reliability.Seals only one dynamic seal.Hermetically sealed rolling diaphragmsealing system.Piston made from powdered metal,self-lubricating and friction free,with integral piston check valve.Serving as integral positive stop.Pressure Chamber made from high tensilesteel, hardened and nitrided. Fully machinedfrom solid with closed rear end to withstandinternal pressures up to 1000 Bar.Self-Compensating Industrial Shock Absorbersare maintenance free, self-contained hydraulic deviceswith multiple metering orifices which extend through thecomplete stroke length.After the moving load contacts the shock absorber thepiston moves gently back creating an immediate pressurerise in the pressure chamber. The hydraulic oil behind thepiston can initially escape through all the metering orifices.The number of metering orifices in action decreasesproportionally to the distance travelled through the stroke.The impact velocity of the moving load is smoothly reduced.The internal pressure and thus the reaction force (Q)remain essentially constant thoughout the complete strokelength providing a constant deceleration rate or:Linear DecelerationIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change12Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Formulae and CalculationsFree Computer Selection Software Available – See Page 131ACE shock absorbers provide linear deceleration and are thereforesuperior to other kinds of damping element.It is easy to calculate around 90 % of applications knowing only thefollowing 5 parameters:Key to symbols usedW 1 Kinetic energy per cycle NmW 2 Propelling force energy per cycle NmW 3 Total energy per cycle (W 1 + W 2 ) NmW 4 Total energy per hour (W 3 · c) Nm/hrme Effective weight kgm Mass to be decelerated kgn Number of shock absorbers (in parallel)*v Velocity of moving mass m/s*v D Impact velocity at shock absorber m/sv Angular velocity rads/sF Propelling force Nc Cycles per hour 1/hrP Motor power kW*v or v D is the final impact velocity of the mass. With acceleratingmotion the final impact velocity can be 1.5 to 2 times higher than theaverage. Please take this into account when calculating kinetic energy.1. Mass to be decelerated (weight) m (kg)2. Impact velocity at shock absorber v D (m/s)3. Propelling force F (N)4. Cycles per hour c (/hr)5. Number of absorbers in parallel nST** Stall torque factor (normally 2.5) 1 to 3M Propelling torque NmI Moment of Inertia kgm 2g Acceleration due to gravity = 9.81 m/s 2h Drop height excl. shock absorber stroke ms Shock absorber stroke mL/R/r Radius mQ Reaction force Nm Coefficient of frictiont Deceleration time sa Deceleration m/s 2a Side load angle °b Angle of incline °**ST =^ relation between starting torque and running torque of the motor (depending on the design)In all the following examples the choice of shock absorbers madefrom the capacity chart is based upon the values of (W 3 ), (W 4 ),(me) and the desired shock absorber stroke (s).131 Mass without propelling forceFormulaeW 1 = m · v 2 · 0,5W 2 = 0W 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D = vme = mExamplem = 100 kgv = 1,5 m/sc = 500 /hrs = 0.05 m (chosen)W 1 = 100 · 1.5 2 · 0.5 = 113 NmW 2 = 0W 3 = 113 + 0 = 113 NmW 4 = 113 · 500 = 56 500 Nm/hrChosen from capacity chart:Model MC 3350 M-2 self-compensating2 Mass with propelling force2.1 bei senkrechter Bewegung nach oben2.2 bei senkrechter Bewegung nach untenFormulaeW 1 = m · v 2 · 0,5W 2 = F · sW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D = vme = 2 · W 3v 2 DW 2 = (F – m · g) · sW 2 = (F + m · g) · sExamplem = 36 kg*v = 1.5 m/sF = 400 Nc = 1000 /hrs = 0.025 m (chosen)W 1 = 36 · 1.5 2 · 0.5 = 41 NmW 2 = 400 · 0.025 = 10 NmW 3 = 41 + 10 = 51 NmW 4 = 51 · 1000 = 51 000 Nm/hrme = 2 · 51 : 1.5 2 = 45 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model MC 600 M self-compensating*v is the final impact velocity of the mass: With pneumaticallypropelled systems this can be 1.5 to 2 times theaverage velocity. Please take this into account whencalculating energy.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change3 Mass with motor drive4 Mass on driven rollers5 Swinging masswith propelling torqueFormulaeW 1 = m · v 2 · 0,51000 · P · ST · sW 2 =vW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D = vme = 2 · W 3v 2 DFormulaeW 1 = m · v 2 · 0,5W 2 = m · m · g · sW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D = vme = 2 · W 3v 2 DFormulaeW 1 = m · v 2 · 0.5 = 0.5 · I · v 2W 2 = M · sRW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D =v · R = v · RLme = 2 · W 3v 2 DExamplem = 800 kgv = 1.2 m/sST = 2.5P = 4 kWc = 100 /hrs = 0.1 m (chosen)Note:Examplem = 20 kgv = 1 m/sM = 50 NmR = 0.5 mL = 0.8 mc = 1500 /hrs = 0.012 m (chosen)W 1 = 800 · 1.2 2 · 0.5 = 576 NmW 2 = 1000 · 4 · 2.5 · 0.1 : 1.2 = 834 NmW 3 = 576 + 834 = 1 410 NmW 4 = 1410 · 100 = 141 000 Nm/hrme = 2 · 1410 : 1.2 2 = 1 958 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model MC 64100 M-2 self-compensatingDo not forget to include the rotational energy of motor, coupling andgearbox into calculation for W 1 .Examplem = 250 kgv = 1.5 m/sc = 180 /hr(Steel/Steel) m = 0.2s = 0.05 m (chosen)W 1 = 250 · 1.5 2 · 0.5 = 281 NmW 2 = 250 · 0.2 · 9.81 · 0.05 = 25 NmW 3 = 281 + 25 = 306 NmW 4 = 306 · 180 = 55 080 Nm/hrme = 2 · 306 : 1.5 2 = 272 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model MC 4550 M-2 self-compensatingW 1 = 20 · 1 2 · 0.5 = 10 NmW 2 = 50 · 0.012 : 0.5 = 1.2 NmW 3 = 10 + 1.2 = 11.2 NmW 4 = 11.2 · 1500 = 16 800 Nm/hrv D = 1 · 0.5 : 0.8 = 0.63 m/sme = 2 · 11.2 : 0.63 2 = 56 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model MC 150 MH self-compensatingCheck the side load angle, tan a = s/R, with regard to “Max.Side Load Angle” in the capacity chart (see example 6.2)Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 13

Formulae and Calculations146Free falling mass6.1 Mass rolling/sliding downincline6.1 a propelling force up incline6.1 b propelling force down inclineFormulaeW 1 = m · g · hW 2 = m · g · sW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D = ö2 · g · hme = 2 · W 3V D2FormulaeW 1 = m · g · h = m · v D2 · 0.5W 2 = m · g · sinb · sW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D = ö2 · g · hme = 2 · W 32V DW 2 = (F – m · g · sinb) · sW 2 = (F + m · g · sinb) · sExamplem = 30 kgh = 0.5 mc = 400 /hrs = 0.05 m (chosen)6.2Mass free falling abouta pivot pointCalculation asper example 6.1except W 2 = 0W 1 = m · g · hv D = ö2 · g · h . RLW 1 = 30 · 0.5 · 9.81 = 147 NmW 2 = 30 · 9.81 · 0.05 = 15 NmW 3 = 147 + 15 = 162 NmW 4 = 162 · 400 = 64 800 Nm/hrv D = öäääääää 2 · 9.81 · 0.5 = 3.13 m/sme = 2 · 162 3.13 2= 33 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model MC 3350 M-1 self-compensatingSide load angle from shock absorber axistan a = s RCheck the side load angle, tan a = s/R, with regard to “Max.Side Load Angle” in the capacity chart (see example 6.2)7 Rotary index table withpropelling torqueNote: Formulaegiven are onlyvalid forcircular tablewith uniformweightdistribution.8 Swinging arm withpropelling torque(uniformweightdistribution)FormulaeW 1 = m · v 2 · 0.25 = 0.5 · I · v 2W 2 = M · sRW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D = v · R = v · RLme = 2 · W 3v 2 DFormulaeW 1 = m · v 2 · 0.18 = 0.5 · I · v 2W 2 = M · sRW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv v · R D = = v · RLme = 2 · W 3v 2 DExamplem = 1000 kgv = 1.1 m/sM = 1000 Nms = 0.05 m (chosen)L = 1.25 mR = 0.8 mc = 100 /hrExampleI = 56 kgm 2v = 1 rad/sM = 300 Nms = 0.025 m (chosen)L = 1.5 mR = 0.8 mc = 1200 /hrW 1 = 1000 · 1.1 2 · 0.25 = 303 NmW 2 = 1000 · 0.05 : 0.8 = 63 NmW 3 = 303 + 63 = 366 NmW 4 = 366 · 100 = 36 600 Nm/hrv D = 1.1 · 0.8 : 1,25 = 0.7 m/sme = 2 · 366 : 0.7 2 = 1 494 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model MC 4550 M-3 self-compensatingCheck the side load angle, tan a = s/R, with regard to “Max.Side Load Angle” in the capacity chart (see example 6.2)W 1 = 0.5 · 56 · 1 2 = 28 NmW 2 = 300 · 0.025 : 0.8 = 9 NmW 3 = 28 + 9 = 37 NmW 4 = 37 · 1200 = 44 400 Nm/hrv D = 1 · 0.8 = 0.8 m/sme = 2 · 37 : 0.8 2 = 116 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model MC 600 M self-compensatingCheck the side load angle, tan a = s/R, with regard to “Max.Side Load Angle” in the capacity chart (see example 6.2)9 Swinging arm with propellingforce (uniform weight distribution)10 Mass lowered at controlledspeedFormulaeW 1 = m · v 2 · 0.18 = 0.5 · I · v 2W 2 = F · r · s = M · sR RW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv v · R D = = v · RLme = 2 · W 3v 2 DFormulaeW 1 = m · v 2 · 0.5W 2 = m · g · sW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D = vme = 2 · W 3v D2Examplem = 1000 kgv = 2 m/sF = 7000 NM = 4200 Nms = 0.05 m (chosen)r = 0.6 mR = 0.8 mL = 1.2 mc = 900 /hrExamplem = 6000 kgv = 1.5 m/ss = 0.305 m (chosen)c = 60 /hrW 1 = 1000 · 2 2 · 0.18 = 720 NmW 2 = 7000 · 0.6 · 0.05 : 0.8 = 263 NmW 3 = 720 + 263 = 983 NmW 4 = 983 · 900 = 884 700 Nm/hrv D = 2 · 0.8 : 1.2 = 1.33 m/sme = 2 · 983 : 1.33 2 = 1 111 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model CA 2 x 2 - 1 self-compensatingW 1 = 6000 · 1.5 2 · 0.5 = 6 750 NmW 2 = 6000 · 9.81 · 0.305 = 17 952 NmW 3 = 6750 + 17952 = 24 702 NmW 4 = 24702 · 60 = 1 482 120 Nm/hrme = 2 · 24702 : 1.5 2 = 21 957 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model CA 3 x 12–2 self-compensatingReaction force Q (N)Q= 1.5 · W Stopping time t (s)Deceleration rate a (m/s32 ) 0.75 · v 2t = 2.6 · sa= Dsv DsIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeApproximate values assuming correct adjustment. Add safety margin if necessary.(Exact values will depend upon actual application data and can be provided on request.)14Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Formulae and Calculations19 Wagon against 2 shock absorbersFormulaeW 1 = m · v 2 · 0.25W 2 = F · sW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D =v2me = 2 · W 3v 2DExamplem = 5000 kgv = 2 m/sc = 10 /hrF = 3500 Ns = 0.150 m (chosen)W 1 = 5000 · 2 2 · 0.25 = 5 000 NmW 2 = 3500 · 0.150 = 525 NmW 3 = 5000 + 525 = 5 525 NmW 4 = 5525 · 10 = 55 250 Nm/hrv D = 2 : 2 = 1 m/sme = 2 · 5525 : 1 2 = 11 050 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model CA 2 x 6–2 self-compensating1520Wagon against wagonFormulaeW 1 = m 1·m 2 ·(v1 +v 2 ) 2·0.5(m 1 +m 2 )W 2 = F · sW 3 = W 1 + W 2W 4 = W 3 · cv D=v 1 +v 2me = 2 · W 3v D2Examplem 1 = 7000 kgv 1 = 1.2 m/sc = 20 /hrm 2 = 10000 kgv 2 = 0.5 m/sF = 5000 Ns = 0.127 m (chosen)W 1 = 7000·10000 · 1.7 2 · 0.5(7000+10000)= 5 950 NmW 2 = 5000 · 0.127 = 635 NmW 3 = 5950 + 635 = 6 585 NmW 4 = 6585 · 20 =131 700 Nm/hrv D = 1.2 + 0.5 = 1.7 m/sme = 2 · 6585 : 1.7 2 = 4 557 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model CA 3 x 5–1 self-compensating21Wagon against wagon2 shock absorbersFormulaeW 1 = m 1·m 2 ·(v1 +v 2 ) 2·0.5(m 1 +m 2 )W 2 = F · sW 3 = W 1 + W22W 4 = W 3 · cvv 1 + v 2D =2me = 2 · W 32v DExamplem 1 = 7000 kgv 1 = 1.2 m/sc = 20 /hrm 2 = 10000 kgv 2 = 0.5 m/sF = 5000 Ns = 0.100 m (chosen)W 1 = 7000·10000 · 1.7 2 · 0.5(7000+10000)= 5 950 NmW 2 = 5000 · 0.100 = 500 NmW 3 = (5950 : 2) + 500 = 3 475 NmW 4 = 3475 · 20 = 69 500 Nm/hrv D = (1.2 + 0.5) : 2 = 0.85 m/sme = 2 · 3475 : 0.85 2 = 9 619 kgChosen from capacity chart:Model CA 2 x 4–2 self-compensatingNote: When using several shock absorbers in parallel, the values W 3 , W 4 and me are divided according to the number of units used.Effective weight (me)Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeA Mass without propelling forceCFormulame = mMass without propelling forcedirect against shock absorberFormulame = mExample:m = 100 kgv D = v = 2 m/sW 1 = W 3 = 200 Nmme = 2 · 200 = 100 kg4me = mExample:m = 20 kgv D = v = 2 m/sW 1 = W 3 = 40 Nmme = 2 · 40 = 20 kgFormula2 2 me = 2 · W 3v 2 DB Mass with propelling forceFormulame = 2 · W 3v 2 DD Mass without propelling forcewith mechanical advantageExample:m = 100 kgF = 2000 Nv D = v = 2 m/ss = 0.1 mW 1 = 200 NmW 2 = 200 NmW 3 = 400 Nmme = 2 · 400 = 200 kg4Example:m = 20 kgv = 2 m/sv D = 0.5 m/sW 1 = W 3 = 40 Nmme = 2 · 40 = 320 kg0.5 2The effective weight (me) can either be the same as the actual weight (Examples A and C), or it can be an imaginary weight representinga combination of the propelling force or lever action plus the actual weight (Examples B and D).Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 15

Shock Absorber Capacity ChartSelf-Compensating Shock Absorbers16 Capacity ChartModelPart numberStrokemmEnergy CapacityNm per CycleW3Effective Weight meSelf-Compensatingmin kg maxPageMC 9 M-1-B 5 1 0.6 - 3.2 19MC 9 M-2-B 5 1 0.8 - 4.1 19MC 10 ML-B 5 0.5 0.3 - 2.7 19MC 10 MH-B 5 0.8 0.7 - 5 19MC 30 M-1 8 3.5 0.4 - 1.9 19MC 30 M-2 8 3.5 1.8 - 5.4 19MC 30 M-3 8 3.5 5 - 15 19MC 25 ML 6 2.8 0.7 - 2.2 19MC 25 M 6 2.8 1.8 - 5.4 19MC 25 MH 6 2.8 4.6 - 13.6 19MC 75 M-1 10 9 0.3 - 1.1 19MC 75 M-2 10 9 0.9 - 4.8 19MC 75 M-3 10 9 2.7 - 36.2 19MC 150 M 12 20 0.9 - 10 21MC 150 MH 12 20 8.6 - 86 21MC 150 MH2 12 20 70 - 200 21MC 225 M 12 41 2.3 - 25 21MC 225 MH 12 41 23 - 230 21MC 225 MH2 12 41 180 - 910 21MC 600 M 25 136 9 - 136 21MC 600 MH 25 136 113 - 1 130 21MC 600 MH2 25 136 400 - 2 300 21SC 25 M-5 8 10 1 - 5 25SC 25 M-6 8 10 4 - 44 25SC 25 M-7 8 10 42 - 500 25SC 75 M-5 10 16 1 - 8 25SC 75 M-6 10 16 6.8 - 78 25SC 75 M-7 10 16 75 - 800 25SC 190 M-0 16 25 0.7 - 4 23SC 190 M-1 16 25 1.4 - 7 23SC 190 M-2 16 25 3.6 - 18 23SC 190 M-3 16 25 9 - 45 23SC 190 M-4 16 25 23 - 102 23SC 190 M-5 12 31 2 - 16 25SC 190 M-6 12 31 13 - 140 25SC 190 M-7 12 31 136 - 1 550 25SC 300 M-0 19 33 0.7 - 4 23SC 300 M-1 19 33 1.4 - 8 23SC 300 M-2 19 33 4.5 - 27 23SC 300 M-3 19 33 14 - 82 23SC 300 M-4 19 33 32 - 204 23SC 300 M-5 15 73 11 - 45 25SC 300 M-6 15 73 34 - 136 25SC 300 M-7 15 73 91 - 181 25SC 300 M-8 15 73 135 - 680 25SC 300 M-9 15 73 320 - 1 950 25SC 650 M-0 25 73 2.3 - 14 23SC 650 M-1 25 73 8 - 45 23SC 650 M-2 25 73 23 - 136 23SC 650 M-3 25 73 68 - 408 23SC 650 M-4 25 73 204 - 1180 23SC 650 M-5 23 210 23 - 113 25SC 650 M-6 23 210 90 - 360 25SC 650 M-7 23 210 320 - 1 090 25SC 650 M-8 23 210 770 - 2 630 25SC 650 M-9 23 210 1 800 - 6 350 25SC 925 M-0 40 110 4.5 - 29 23SC 925 M-1 40 110 14 - 90 23SC 925 M-2 40 110 40 - 272 23SC 925 M-3 40 110 113 - 726 23SC 925 M-4 40 110 340 - 2 088 23MC 3325 M-0 25 155 3 - 11 36MC 3325 M-1 25 155 9 - 40 36MC 3325 M-2 25 155 30 - 120 36MC 3325 M-3 25 155 100 - 420 36MC 3325 M-4 25 155 350 - 1420 36MC 3350 M-0 50 310 5 - 22 36MC 3350 M-1 50 310 18 - 70 36MC 3350 M-2 50 310 60 - 250 36MC 3350 M-3 50 310 210 - 840 36MC 3350 M-4 50 310 710 - 2 830 36ModelPart numberStrokemmEnergy CapacityNm per CycleW3Effective Weight meSelf-Compensatingmin kg maxPageMC 4525 M-0 25 340 7 - 27 38MC 4525 M-1 25 340 20 - 90 38MC 4525 M-2 25 340 80 - 310 38MC 4525 M-3 25 340 260 - 1 050 38MC 4525 M-4 25 340 890 - 3 540 38MC 4550 M-0 50 680 13 - 54 38MC 4550 M-1 50 680 45 - 180 38MC 4550 M-2 50 680 150 - 620 38MC 4550 M-3 50 680 520 - 2 090 38MC 4550 M-4 50 680 1 800 - 7 100 38MC 4575 M-0 75 1 020 20 - 80 38MC 4575 M-1 75 1 020 70 - 270 38MC 4575 M-2 75 1 020 230 - 930 38MC 4575 M-3 75 1 020 790 - 3 140 38MC 4575 M-4 75 1 020 2 650 - 10 600 38MC 6450 M-0 50 1700 35 - 140 40MC 6450 M-1 50 1700 140 - 540 40MC 6450 M-2 50 1700 460 - 1 850 40MC 6450 M-3 50 1700 1 600 - 6 300 40MC 6450 M-4 50 1700 5 300 - 21 200 40MC 64100 M-0 100 3 400 70 - 280 40MC 64100 M-1 100 3 400 270 - 1 100 40MC 64100 M-2 100 3 400 930 - 3 700 40MC 64100 M-3 100 3 400 3 150 - 12 600 40MC 64100 M-4 100 3 400 10 600 - 42 500 40MC 64150 M-0 150 5100 100 - 460 40MC 64150 M-1 150 5100 410 - 1 640 40MC 64150 M-2 150 5100 1 390 - 5 600 40MC 64150 M-3 150 5100 4 700 - 18 800 40MC 64150 M-4 150 5100 16 000 - 63 700 40CA 2 x 2-1 50 3 600 700 - 2 200 51CA 2 x 2-2 50 3 600 1800 - 5 400 51CA 2 x 2-3 50 3 600 4 500 - 13 600 51CA 2 x 2-4 50 3 600 11300 - 34 000 51CA 2 x 4-1 102 7200 1400 - 4 400 51CA 2 x 4-2 102 7200 3 600 - 11000 51CA 2 x 4-3 102 7200 9100 - 27200 51CA 2 x 4-4 102 7200 22 600 - 68 000 51CA 2 x 6-1 152 10 800 2 200 - 6 500 51CA 2 x 6-2 152 10 800 5 400 - 16 300 51CA 2 x 6-3 152 10 800 13 600 - 40 800 51CA 2 x 6-4 152 10 800 34 000 - 102 000 51CA 2 x 8-1 203 14 500 2 900 - 8700 51CA 2 x 8-2 203 14 500 7 200 - 21700 51CA 2 x 8-3 203 14 500 18100 - 54400 51CA 2 x 8-4 203 14 500 45 300 - 136 000 51CA 2 x 10-1 254 18 000 3 600 - 11000 51CA 2 x 10-2 254 18 000 9100 - 27200 51CA 2 x 10-3 254 18 000 22 600 - 68 000 51CA 2 x 10-4 254 18 000 56 600 - 170 000 51CA 3 x 5-1 127 14125 2 900 - 8700 52CA 3 x 5-2 127 14125 7250 - 21700 52CA 3 x 5-3 127 14125 18100 - 54 350 52CA 3 x 5-4 127 14125 45 300 - 135 900 52CA 3 x 8-1 203 22 600 4 650 - 13 900 52CA 3 x 8-2 203 22 600 11600 - 34 800 52CA 3 x 8-3 203 22 600 29 000 - 87 000 52CA 3 x 8-4 203 22 600 72 500 - 217 000 52CA 3 x 12-1 305 33 900 6 950 - 20 900 52CA 3 x 12-2 305 33 900 17400 - 52 200 52CA 3 x 12-3 305 33 900 43 500 - 130 450 52CA 3 x 12-4 305 33 900 108700 - 326 000 52CA 4 x 6-3 152 47 500 3 500 - 8 600 53CA 4 x 6-5 152 47 500 8 600 - 18 600 53CA 4 x 6-7 152 47 500 18 600 - 42 700 53CA 4 x 8-3 203 63 300 5 000 - 11400 53CA 4 x 8-5 203 63 300 11400 - 25 000 53CA 4 x 8-7 203 63 300 25 000 - 57 000 53CA 4 x 16-3 406 126 500 10 000 - 23 000 53CA 4 x 16-5 406 126 500 23 000 - 50 000 53CA 4 x 16-7 406 126 500 50 000 - 115 000 53Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change16Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Shock Absorber Capacity ChartAdjustable Shock AbsorbersCapacity ChartModelPart numberStrokemmper CycleW3Max. Energy Capacity NmW4 per HourSelf ContainedEffective Weight meAdjustablemin kg maxMA 30 M 8 3.5 5 650 0.3 - 15 27FA 1008 VD-B 8 1.8 3 600 0.2 - 10 27MA 50 M 7 5.5 5100 4.5 - 20 27MA 35 M 10 4 6 000 5.9 - 57 27MA 150 M 12 22 35 000 1 - 109 27MA 225 M 19 25 45 000 2.3 - 226 27MA 600 M 25 68 68 000 9 - 1 360 27MA 900 M 40 100 90 000 14 - 2 040 27MA 3325 M 25 170 75 000 9 - 1 730 36ML 3325 M 25 170 75 000 300 - 50 000 36MA 3350 M 50 340 85 000 13 - 2 500 36ML 3350 M 50 340 85 000 500 - 80 000 36MA 4525 M 25 390 107 000 40 - 10 000 38ML 4525 M 25 390 107 000 3 000 - 110 000 38MA 4550 M 50 780 112 000 70 - 14 500 38ML 4550 M 50 780 112 000 5 000 - 180 000 38MA 4575 M 75 1 170 146 000 70 - 15 000 38ML 6425 M 25 1 020 124 000 7 000 - 300 000 40MA 6450 M 50 2 040 146 000 220 - 50 000 40ML 6450 M 50 2 040 146 000 11 000 - 500 000 40MA 64100 M 100 4 080 192 000 270 - 52 000 40MA 64150 M 150 6 120 248 000 330 - 80 000 40A 11/2 x 2 50 1800 632 000 195 - 32 000 50A 11/2 x 3 1/2 89 3 200 633 000 218 - 36 000 50A 11/2 x 5 127 4 500 904 000 227 - 41 000 50A 11/2 x 6 1/2 165 5 900 1 180 000 308 - 45 000 50A 2 x 2 50 3 600 1 100 000 250 - 32 000 51A 2 x 4 102 9 000 1 350 000 230 - 72 500 51A 2 x 6 152 13 500 1 600 000 260 - 86 000 51A 2 x 8 203 19 200 1 900 000 260 - 90 000 51A 2 x 10 254 23 700 2 200 000 320 - 113 000 51A 3 x 5 127 15 800 2 260 000 480 - 154 000 52A 3 x 8 203 28 200 3 600 000 540 - 181 500 52A 3 x 12 305 44 000 5 400 000 610 - 204 000 52Page17Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 17

Miniature Shock Absorbers MC 9 to MC 75Self-Compensating18ACE Miniature Shock Absorbersare maintenance free, self-containedhydraulic components. The modelrange MC 9 to MC 75 have a veryshort overall length and a low returnforce. The shock absorber is filledwith a temperature stable oil and hasan integrated positive stop. They areideally suited for small, fast handlingequipment, rotary actuators, pick andplace mechanisms and similar smallautomation equipment. A wide choiceof metering hardnesses enable theseunits to cover applications with effectiveweights ranging from 0.3 kg to36 kg effective weight.”New: MC30M-serieswith thread size M8.Increased energy capacityby 320% compared withthe previous design!”ElastomerInsertPiston RodPositive StopRod BearingAccumulatorPistonReturn SpringPressure ChamberOuter Body18SlotImpact velocity range: 0.5 to 5 m/s(0.15 to 1.8 m/s for MC 9M)Ensure that effective weight of application is within therange of the unit chosen.(Special range units available on request.)Materials: Steel body with black oxide finish. Hardenedstainless steel piston rod. Locknut MC 9: AluminiumW 4 capacity rating (max. energy per hour Nm/hr):If your application exceeds the tabulated W 4 figuresconsider additional cooling i.e.cylinder exhaust air etc. AskACE for further details.Mounting: In any position. Ifprecise end position datum isrequired consider use of theoptional stop collar type AH.Operating temperature range:0°C to 65°C.On request: the MC Series areavailable with Weartec finish(seawater resistant) or otherspecial finishes.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Miniature Shock Absorbers MC 9 to MC 75Self-CompensatingRF 6Part Number MC . . .MC 9 M-BM3x81010M32,5 M6x0,5∅2321412HubSW 8 2,5 Stroke520 ThicknessAF820Breite8 mm2610Rectangular Flange Mounting BlockAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.MC 30 M for use on new installations4,1 M8x1 SW AF103 2,540,9∅2,5 2Stroke Hub ∅ 6,4813,1NEWMB 6 SC 2M6x0,5M6x0,5MC 10 M-B still available in futureM8x0,75 also available to orderAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.5∅2 2Hub ∅5 M8x1 SW 3 2StrokeAF104,8528,51019MC 25 M RF 10 MB 10 SC 26M4x10∅ 3,2 3M10x1Stroke Hub ∅ 7,65SW55SW AF124 56,64314,6M10x1142028Rectangular FlangeAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.MC 75 M RF 12 MB 12M10x114M4163,525 Thickness Breite10 10 mmMounting Block∅ 3,2 3Stroke Hub5M12x1 SW AF145 3105218Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.∅ 7,6M12x16M5x12202432Rectangular FlangeM5M12x116204,532 Thickness Breite12 mmClamp MountAH Stop Collar BV Side Load Adaptor PB Steel Shroud AS Stop Collar incl Proximity SwitchIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeMounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.Available without rod end button and with shortened piston rod on request (add suffix -NB)Capacity ChartTypeMax. Energy Capacity Nmper CycleW3MC 30 M to MC 75 M onlyper HourW4Effective Weight meSelf-Compensatingmin kg maxMC 30 M to MC 75 M onlyReturn ForceNRod ResetTimesMC 25 M to MC 75 M only*Max. SideLoad AngleMC 9 M-1-B 1.0 2 000 0.6 - 3.2 1.38 - 3.78 0.3 2 0.005MC 9 M-2-B 1.0 2 000 0.8 - 4.1 1.38 - 3.78 0.3 2 0.005MC 10 ML-B 0.5 4 000 0.3 - 2.7 2.00 - 4.00 0.6 3 0.010MC 10 MH-B 0.8 4 000 0.7 - 5.0 2.00 - 4.00 0.6 3 0.010MC 30 M-1 3.5 5 600 0.4 - 1.9 0.9 - 4.45 0.3 2 0.010MC 30 M-2 3.5 5 600 1.8 - 5.4 0.9 - 4.45 0.3 2 0.010MC 30 M-3 3.5 5 600 5 - 15 0.9 - 4.45 0.3 2 0.010MC 25 ML 2.8 22 500 0.7 - 2.2 3.00 - 6.00 0.3 2 0.020MC 25 M 2.8 22 500 1.8 - 5.4 3.00 - 6.00 0.3 2 0.020MC 25 MH 2.8 22 500 4.6 - 13.6 3.00 - 6.00 0.3 2 0.020MC 75 M-1 9.0 28 200 0.3 - 1.1 4.00 - 9.00 0.3 2 0.030MC 75 M-2 9.0 28 200 0.9 - 4.8 4.00 - 9.00 0.3 2 0.030MC 75 M-3 9.0 28 200 2.7 - 36.2 4.00 - 9.00 0.3 2 0.030* With higher side load angles install BV side load adaptor see page 28 and 31.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 19°Weightkg

Miniature Shock Absorber MC 150 to MC 600Self-Compensating20ACE Miniature Shock Absorbersare maintenance free, self-containedhydraulic components. The hermeticallysealed rolling diaphragm sealsystem used on the MC 150 to MC 600model range provides the highestpossible cycle lifetime; up to 25 millioncycles being achievable.The rolling diaphragm seal also providesan extremely low rod return force.These models can be directly mountedinto the end cover of pneumaticcylinders (up to 7 Bar) to providesuperior end damping compared tonormal cylinder cushions. All modelsincorporate an integral positive stop.By adding the optional Side LoadAdaptor it is possible to accept sideloads up to 30° from the axis. Thewide range of models availableensure a seamless range of operationon applications with effectiveweights ranging from 0.9 kg upto 2300 kg by selecting theappropriate model.”Rolling diaphragm seal system -up to 25 million cyclespossible!”Piston RodOuter BodyRod BearingRolling Diaphragm SealDiaphragm LocatorO-RingPiston with IntegralPositive Stop20PressureChamber withMeteringOrificesInternalHex SocketImpact velocity range 0.08 to 6 m/s (ensure that effectiveweight of application is within range of unit selected.(Special range units available on request.)Materials: Steel body with black oxide finish. Hardenedstainless steel piston rod. Rolling diaphragm seal: EPDM(Note seal not compatible with petroleum based fluids. Ifunit to be used in contact with such fluids specify neoprenerolling seal or use air bleed adaptor Type SP or considermodel from SC range on pages 22 to 25.W 4 capacity rating (max. energy per hour Nm/hr):If your application exceedstabulated W 4 figuresconsider additional coolingi.e. cylinder exhaust air etc.Ask ACE for assistance.Mounting: In any position. Ifprecise end position datum isrequired consider use of theoptional stop collar type AH.Operating temperaturerange: 0°C to 66°C.On request: Stainless Steelouter body. Weartech finish(seawater resistant). Otherfinishes available to specialorder.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Miniature Shock Absorbers MC 150 to MC 600Self-CompensatingPart Number MC . . .MC 150 M PP 150 RF 14 MB 14Stroke Hub ∅4,87,2 SW6 AF6 M14x1,5 6 SW17 AF17 12,569,1 17,5M14x1 also available to special orderAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.∅ 12∅ 4,810Nylon ButtonW 3 max = 14 Nm66M5x122634M14x1,520Rectangular FlangeM52032M14x1,5Clamp Mount204,5Breite Thickness12 mmMC 225 M PP 225 RF 20 MB 207,2SW8 AF8M20x1,579,28Stroke Hub ∅ 6,3SW23 AF23 12,517,5∅ 17∅ 6,39Nylon ButtonW 3 max = 33 Nm58M6x143646M20x1,532M62840M20x1,5256Breite Thickness20 mm21Rectangular FlangeClamp MountAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.MC 600 M PP 600 RF 25 MB 25Stroke Hub ∅ 87,3 SW10 AY10 M25x1,510 SW30 AF3025,4110,3 32M27x3 also available to special order∅ 23∅ 812Nylon ButtonW 3 max = 68 Nm78M6x144252M25x1,532M63446M25x1,5326Breite Thickness25 mmRectangular FlangeClamp MountAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 30 to 32.AH Stop Collar BV Side Load Adaptor SP Air Bleed Collar PB Steel Shroud PS Steel ButtonIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeMounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.Capacity ChartTypeMax. Energy Capacity Nmper CycleW3per HourW4Effective Weight meSelf-Compensatingmin kg maxReturn ForceNRod ResetTimesAS Switch Stop Collar*Max. SideLoad AngleMC 150 M 20 34 000 0.9 - 10 3 - 5 0.4 4 0.06MC 150 MH 20 34 000 8.6 - 86 3 - 5 0.4 4 0.06MC 150 MH2 20 34 000 70 - 200 3 - 5 0.4 4 0.06MC 225 M 41 45 000 2.3 - 25 4 - 6 0.3 4 0.15MC 225 MH 41 45 000 23 - 230 4 - 6 0.3 4 0.15MC 225 MH2 41 45 000 180 - 910 4 - 6 0.3 4 0.15MC 600 M 136 68 000 9 - 136 5 - 9 0.6 2 0.26MC 600 MH 136 68 000 113 - 1 130 5 - 9 0.6 2 0.26MC 600 MH2 136 68 000 400 - 2 300 5 - 9 0.6 2 0.26* For applications with higher side load angles consider using the Side Load Adaptor (BV) pages 29 to 31.°WeightkgStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 21

Miniature Shock Absorbers SC 190 to SC 925Soft-Contact and Self-Compensating22ACE Miniature Shock Absorbersare maintenance free, self-containedhydraulic components. The SC-Seriesprovide dual performance benefits.They provide “soft contact” decelerationwhere initial impact reaction forcesare very low with the advantagesof self-compensation to cope withchanging input energy conditionswithout adjustment. They have longstroke lengths (SC 925 with 40 mmSuperstroke) to provide smooth decelerationand low reaction forces. Theyhave an integral mechanical stop andare ideal for use on handling equipment,linear transfers, rodless cylindersand pneumatic pick and place systemsetc. The overlapping operatingranges enable the SC Series to handleeffective weights ranging 0.7 kg up to2088 kg. With the optional side loadadaptor fitted they can copewith side loads up to 30°. The SCseries units are fully interchangeablewith the adjustable MA range providingcustomer choice.Piston RodPositive StopRod SealsMain BearingAccumulatorPistonPiston Check ValvePressure Chamberwith Metering OrificesReturn SpringFully Threaded Outer BodyImpact velocity range: 0.15 to 3.7 m/s (check selectioncalculations on pages 10 & 11 and effective weight rangeson following page). Special range units available onrequest.Materials: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rodhardened stainless steel.W 4 capacity rating (max. energy per hour Nm/hr): If yourapplication exceeds tabulated W 4 figures consider additionalcooling i.e. cylinder exhaust air etc.Mounting: In any position.If precise end position datumis required consider use of theoptional stop collar type AH.Operating temperature range:0°C to 66°C.On request: Weartec finish(seawater resistant) otherspecial finishes available tospecial order.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change22

Miniature Shock Absorbers SC 190 to SC 925Soft-Contact and Self-CompensatingPart Number SC . . . RF 14MB 14SC 190 M7 M14x1,5∅ 44,6SW12 AF126 SW17 AF17Stroke Hub1687,7 27∅12M14x1 and M16x1 also available to special orderAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.M14x1,5M14x1,56M5x122020M526204,53234Breite Thickness12 mmRectangular Flange Clamp MountSC 300 M RF 20MB 20M20x1,58M6x14327 M20x1,5 SW18 AF188 SW23 AF23∅ 4,8Hub4,6Stroke19∅ 173687,43046M22x1,5 also available to special orderRectangular FlangeAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.M20x1,525M628640 Breite Thickness20 mmClamp MountSC 650 M RF 25MB 25M25x1,5M25x1,58M6x143232∅ 6,3M67 M25x1,54,6Stroke Hub346SW23 AF2310 SW30 AF30∅25,4234246 Thickness Breite106,636,45225 mmM26x1,5 also available to special orderRectangular Flange Clamp MountAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 30 to 32.SC 925 M RF 25MB 25M25x1,5M25x1,58M6x143232M6∅ 6,34,6346Hub427 M25x1,5 SW23 10Stroke46AF23SW30 AF30∅ 23Breite Thickness405225 mm13851Rectangular Flange Clamp MountAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 30 to 32.23AH Stop Collar BV Side Load Adaptor PB Steel Shroud AS Switch Stop CollarIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeAvailable without Rod End Button on request. Mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.Capacity ChartMax. Energy Capacity NmTypeper CycleW3per HourW4Soft-Contactmin kg maxEffective Weight meSelf-Compensatingmin kg maxReturn ForceNRod ResetTimes*Max. SideLoad AngleSC 190 M-0 25 34 000 --- - --- 0.7 - 4 4 - 9 0.25 5 0.08SC 190 M-1 25 34 000 2.3 - 6 1.4 - 7 4 - 9 0.25 5 0.08SC 190 M-2 25 34 000 5.5 - 16 3.6 - 18 4 - 9 0.25 5 0.08SC 190 M-3 25 34 000 14 - 41 9 - 45 4 - 9 0.25 5 0.08SC 190 M-4 25 34 000 34 - 91 23 - 102 4 - 9 0.25 5 0.08SC 300 M-0 33 45 000 --- - --- 0.7 - 4 5 - 10 0.10 5 0.11SC 300 M-1 33 45 000 2.3 - 7 1.4 - 8 5 - 10 0.10 5 0.11SC 300 M-2 33 45 000 7 - 23 4.5 - 27 5 - 10 0.10 5 0.11SC 300 M-3 33 45 000 23 - 68 14 - 82 5 - 10 0.10 5 0.11SC 300 M-4 33 45 000 68 - 181 32 - 204 5 - 10 0.10 5 0.11SC 650 M-0 73 68 000 --- - --- 2.3 - 14 11 - 32 0.20 5 0.31SC 650 M-1 73 68 000 11 - 36 8 - 45 11 - 32 0.20 5 0.31SC 650 M-2 73 68 000 34 - 113 23 - 136 11 - 32 0.20 5 0.31SC 650 M-3 73 68 000 109 - 363 68 - 408 11 - 32 0.20 5 0.31SC 650 M-4 73 68 000 363 - 1 089 204 - 1 180 11 - 32 0.20 5 0.31SC 925 M-0 110 90 000 8 - 25 4.5 - 29 11 - 32 0.40 5 0.39SC 925 M-1 110 90 000 22 - 72 14 - 90 11 - 32 0.40 5 0.39SC 925 M-2 110 90 000 59 - 208 40 - 272 11 - 32 0.40 5 0.39SC 925 M-3 110 90 000 181 - 612 113 - 726 11 - 32 0.40 5 0.39SC 925 M-4 110 90 000 544 - 1 952 340 - 2 088 11 - 32 0.40 5 0.39* For applications with higher side load angles consider using the Side Load Adaptor (BV) pages 29 to 31.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 23°Weightkg

Heavyweight Shock Absorbers SC 2 -SeriesSeries 2Self-Compensating24The ACE Heavyweight Series 2 aremaintenance-free, self-contained hydrauliccomponents. The design of theHeavyweight Series 2 units combinesthe piston and inner tube into a singlecomponent and provides more thandouble the energy capacity of previousunits in the same envelope size.They also have a fully integrated mechanicalstop. The smaller sizes up totype SC 2 190, have a dynamic membraneseal which allows direct installationinto the end cover of pneumaticcylinders. (For end position dampingmax. 7 Bar) The greatly increasedenergy capacity coupled with overlappingeffective weight ranges coveringfrom 1 kg up to 6 350 kg makes theSeries 2 units ideal for a wide rangeof handling equipment and rotaryactuators. With the optional Side LoadAdaptor fitted they can cope with sideloads of up to 30 degrees.”Combined piston andinner tube – increasedenergy capacity up to300%!”Piston Rodwith IntegratedPositive StopRolling DiaphragmSealSelf-RetainingMain BearingPistonPiston Check ValvePressure Chamberwith Metering OrificesReturn SpringFully Threaded Outer Body24Impact velocity range: 0.09 to 5.7 m/s (check effectiveweight operating range.)Materials: Shock absorber body and accessories: Steel withblack oxide finish (SC 25 to SC 190) or nitride hardened(SC 300 and SC 650). Pistonrod: hardened stainless steel.Mounting: In any position.If precise end position datumis required consider use of theoptional stop collar type AH.Operating temperature range:0°C to 66°C.On request: Weartec finish(seawater resistant). Otherspecial finishes available tospecial order.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Heavyweight Shock Absorbers SC 2 25 to 650Self-CompensatingIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changePart Number SC . . .SC 25 M5 AF7 SW7 M10x1472Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.SC 75 M4 SW8 AF8 M12x1578Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.SC 190 M5 SW10 AF10 M14x1,5 678M14x1 also available to special orderAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.SC 300 M7 M20x1,5 SW18 AF18879,5Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.SC 650 M7 M25x1,5 AF23 SW23 10106∅4,8Stroke HubSW17 AF171217AF23 SW23SW30 AF30Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 30 to 32.Mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.Capacity Chart∅3,15Stroke HubSW12 AF12811∅4Stroke HubSW14 AF141014∅ 6,4Stroke Hub1526∅ 9,6Stroke Hub23344,6∅ 174,6∅ 236M4x106M5x126M5x128M6x148M6x14RF 102028Rectangular FlangeRF 122432Rectangular FlangeRF 142634Rectangular FlangeRF 203646Rectangular FlangeRF 254252M10x1M12x1M14x1,5M20x1,5M25x1,51420203232Rectangular FlangeM4M5M5M6M6MB 10 SC 2c/w KM 10 SC 2 LocknutM10x1MB 12 SC 2c/w KM 12 SC 2 LocknutM12x1MB 14 SC 2c/w KM 14 SC 2 LocknutM14x1,520204,532 Thickness Breite12 mmMounting BlockMB 20 SC 2c/w KM 20 SC 2 LocknutM20x1,52528640 Thickness Breite20 mmMounting BlockMB 25 SC 2c/w KM 25 SC 2 LocknutM25x1,53214163,525Thickness Breite1010mmmmMounting Block16204,532Thickness Breite1212mmmmMounting Block34646 Thickness Breite25 mmMounting BlockAH Stop Collar BV Side Load Adaptor PB Steel Shroud AS Switch Stop CollarNote: Locknut KM ... SC2 must be used with Stop Collar AH ...& MB ... SC2 in high velocity applicationsMax. Energy Capacity Nmsoft Effective Weight me hard *Max. SideReturn Force Rod Reset LoadType per Cycle per Hour 5 6 7 8 9 N Time Angle WeightW 3 W 4 min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max min max s o kgSC 25 M 10 16 000 1 - 5 4 - 44 42 - 500 4.5 - 14 0.3 2 0.03SC 75 M 16 30 000 1 - 8 7 - 78 75 - 800 6 - 19 0.3 2 0.045SC 190 M 31 50 000 2 - 16 13 - 140 136 - 1550 6 - 19 0.4 2 0.06SC 300 M 73 45 000 11 - 45 34 - 136 91 - 181 135 - 680 320 - 1 950 8 - 18 0.2 5 0.15SC 650 M 210 68 000 23 - 113 90 - 360 320 - 1090 770 - 2 630 1 800 - 6 350 11 - 33 0.3 5 0.35* For applications with higher side load angles consider using the Side Load Adaptor (BV) pages 29 to 31.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com2525

Miniature Shock Absorbers MAAdjustable26ACE Miniature Shock Absorbersare maintenance free, self-containedhydraulic components. If you prefer afully adjustable shock absorber ratherthan a self-compensating model onyour application then the MA Seriesprovide a directly interchangeablealternative. The adjustable seriesinclude an integrated mechanical stopfrom the Model MA 225 upwards.These adjustable units have longstroke lengths (MA 925 with 40 mmSuperstroke) to provide smooth decelerationand low reaction forces.The MA 150 incorporates the provenrolling diaphragm seal (used on theMC 150 to MC 600 range) and sharesall the advantages of that technology.The stepless adjustmentrange of the MA Series coversan effective weight range from0.2 kg up to 2040 kg.”NEW: MA 30 M and MA 50 Mwith thread size M8 and M10.Highest energy capacity andcompact design!”Positive StopRod SealsMain BearingPiston RodAccumulatorPistonPiston Check ValveMetering OrificesReturn SpringFully Threaded Outer BodyPressureandAdjustmentChamberAdjustment: On models MA 30 up to MA 150: by turningthe adjustment screw at rear. On the larger sizes: byturning the adjustment knob against the scale marked0 to 9. After installation, cycle the machine a few timesand turn the adjustment knob until optimum decelerationis achieved (i.e. smooth deceleration throughout stroke).Hard impact at start of stroke ➞ Turn adjuster towards “9”Hard setdown at end of stroke ➞ Turn adjuster towards “0”Impact velocity range: 0.3 to 3.6 m/s (check effectiveweight calculation.): FA units max. 2 m/s.Materials: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rodhardened stainless steel.W 4 capacity rating (max. energy per hour Nm/hr):If your application exceeds tabulated W 4 figures consideradditional cooling i.e. cylinderexhaust air etc.Mounting: In any position.If precise end position datum isrequired consider use of theoptional stop collar type AH.Install a mechanical stop 0.5 to1 mm before end of stroke onFA 1008.Operating temperature range:0°C to 66°C.On request: Weartec finish(seawater resistant) otherspecial finishes available tospecial order.26AdjustmentKnobIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Miniature Shock Absorbers FA and MAAdjustableIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changePart Number FA, MA . . .MA 30 MAdjuster Einstellschraube screw∅ 3,2SW 10 3 Hub ∅4,1 M8x1 AF10Stroke6,4848 13,1Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.MA 50 MAdjuster Einstellschraube screw5,1Adjuster Einstellschraube screw∅ 3,2SW 14 5 Hub ∅5 M12x1 AF14Stroke7,71066 18Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.EinstellschraubeAdjuster screw∅ 4,84,77,5 M14x1,5 SW12 6 SW17Stroke HubAF12AF17∅ 1212,57022,5Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.13,5 M20x1,5 SW18 AF18888∅ 4,8Stroke HubSW23 AF23 1930Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 30 to 32.4,6∅ 17M6x143232∅ 6,34,6M6Stroke Hub16,5 M25x1,5∅SW23 AF2310 SW30 AF30234234625,4 (40)106,6 (138)36,4 (51)5246 Breite ThicknessMA 600 ML with M27x325 mmAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 30 to 32. available to special order. Rectangular Flange Clamp MountAvailable without rod end button on request. Models MA 600 M/MA 900 M available with clevis mounting (see page 30).Capacity ChartType∅ 3,2M10x1 SW AF12 12 4 Stroke Hub750 14,9Max. Energy Capacity Nmper CycleW3∅ 7,7per HourW4NEWNEWin April 2005Effective Weight meAdjustablemin kg maxRF 8 MB 8 SC 21825Rectangular FlangeFA 1008 VD-BMA 35 M RF 12 MB 122432Rectangular FlangeMA 150 M RF 14 MB 142634Rectangular FlangeMA 225 M RF 20 MB 203646Rectangular FlangeMA 600 M and MA 900 M RF 25 MB 25Return ForceNRod ResetTimes* For applications with higher side load angles consider using the Side Load Adaptor (BV) pages 28 to 31.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 27M4M516252032*Max. SideLoad AngleMA 30 M 3.5 5 650 0.23 - 15 1 - 5 0.3 2 0.025FA 1008 VD-B 1.8 3 600 0.2 - 10 3 - 6 0.3 2.5 0.026MA 50 M 5.5 5100 4.5 - 20 3 - 6 0.3 2 0.030MA 35 M 4 6 000 5.9 - 57 5 - 11 0.2 2 0.043MA 150 M-B 22 35 000 1.0 - 109 3 - 5 0.4 5 0.06MA 225 M 25 45 000 2.3 - 226 5 - 10 0.1 2 0.13MA 600 M 68 68 000 9 - 1 360 10 - 30 0.2 2 0.31MA 900 M 100 90 000 14 - 2 040 10 - 35 0.4 1 0.40°M8x1Mounting BlockAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32. Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.M14x1 availableto special order.6M4x10116M5x126M5x128M6x148M10x1 SW AF12 12M8x151M12x1M14x1,5M20x1,5M25x1,514∅2,54 Stroke Hub814,5202032Clamp MountM52032Clamp MountM6∅ 62840Clamp MountM12x1123,5Thickness Breite10 mmM14x1,5164,5Thickness Breite12 mm204,5Breite Thickness12 mmM20x1,5256Breite Thickness20 mmM25x1,5Weightkg27

Shock Absorber Accessories M6 to M1228M6x0,5 / M8x1KM 6/ *KM 83LocknutBV 8∅11M6x0,5(8x1)AF8(10) SW8(10)SW9 AF9SW10 AF10M 8x1AH 6/*AH 8 MB 6 SC 2 /*MB 8 SC 2 RF 6/*RF 8M6x0,5(8x1)5 (6) M6x0,5 (8x1)∅8(10)∅6(8)M3x8(M4x10)M6x0,5(8x1)12 6Stop CollarPB 810(12)M3(4)12(16) 3(3,5)20(25) Breite Thickness8(10) 8 mmMounting BlockAS 814 (18)20 (25)Rectangular Flange10 (14)1010158Side Load Adaptorfor MC 30 M-880, BV 8 Afor MC 10 M-880 available onrequestM10x1KM 104LocknutBV 10∅13M10x1SW12 AF12SW11 AF11AH 10∅12,5M10x1∅420 10Stop CollarSW12 AF12M10x1∅10∅12 ∅2,612,717,5Steel Shroudfor MC 30 M-880, PB 8 Afor MC 10 M-880 available onrequestM42MB 10 SC 2M10x114163,525 Thickness Breite10 mmMounting Block6M4x10∅1512M8x120 12Switch Stop Collarinc. Proximity SwitchRF 102028M10x1Rectangular Flange14∅ 4,5PB 10 PS 10 AS 10* for M8x1 Dimensions in ( )UM 102538Universal MountM10x1525Breite Thickness12 mm111512Side Load Adaptorfor MC 25 M-880, BV 10 SCfor SC 2 25 M available onrequest6,5∅6∅14 ∅3,21422Steel Shroudfor MC 25 M-880, PB 10 SCfor SC 2 25 M available onrequest3∅ 8,8∅ 3,258Steel Buttonfor MC 25 M-880, PS 10 SCfor SC 2 25 M available onrequest∅1715M10x122 12Switch Stop Collarinc. Proximity SwitchM12x1KM 125LocknutBV 12∅151222M12x1SW14 AF14SW13 AF1318Side Load Adaptorfor MC 75 M-880, BV 12 SCfor SC 2 75 M available onrequest∅15M12x120 10Stop CollarSW14 AF14M12x110AH 12∅12M5MB 122032M12x1Clamp Mountnot for SC 2 75∅7∅16 ∅3,215233164,5Thickness Breite12 mmRF 126M5x12M12x12432Rectangular FlangePB 12 PS 12 AS 12Steel Shroudfor MC 75 M-880, PB 12 SCfor SC 2 75 M available onrequest20∅ 10,8∅ 3,258Steel Buttonfor MC 75 M-880, PS 12 SCfor SC 2 75 M available onrequest∅ 4,5UM 122538Universal Mount∅1916M12x122 12M12x1Switch Stop Collarinc. Proximity Switch525Breite Thickness12 mmIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change28Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 31 to 32.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Shock Absorber Accessories M14 to M20M14x1,5KM 14 AH 14 PP 150MB 14 RF 14∅ 4,56LocknutUM 14M14x1,5SW17 AF173545M14x1,55∅17M14x1,5∅1420 12SW15 AF15Stop Collar29Thickness Breite∅1812BV 1424SW16 AF1620SW17 AF17∅ 12∅ 4,810Nylon Buttonfor MC 150 Mand MA 150 M6M5∅18M14x1,52014302616Side Load Adaptorfor SC 190 M 0–4-88016 mm12,5Universal MountSide Load Adaptorfor MC 150 M, MA 150 Mand SC 2 190 M 5–7PB 14 PB 14 SC PS 14 AS 14M14x1,5∅ 9204,532 Thickness Breite12 mmClamp Mountnot for SC 2 190 M 5–7BV 14 SCSW16 AF16AF17 SW17M14x1,56M5x12∅ 9M14x1,5202634Rectangular FlangeSP 14∅ 3∅ 18M14x1,510 5,5SW12 AF12Air Bleed Collarfor MC 150 M,SC 2 190 M 5–7 andMA 150 M29∅18 ∅4,8∅18 ∅415 22 25 4,5324,5Steel ShroudSteel ShroudPB 14 for MA 150 M, MC 150 MPB 14 SC for SC 190 M 0–4-880and SC 2 190 M 5–7∅ 12∅ 4,84,511Steel Buttonfor MC 150 M, MA 150 Mand SC 2 190 M 5–7∅2117M14x1,522 12Switch Stop Collarinc. Proximity SwitchIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeM20x1,5KM 208LocknutUM 20∅ 5,525,5PB 20M20x1,5SW23 AF233547Universal MountM20x1,510AH 20∅24,8M20x1,5∅20,525 12AF22 SW2235Thickness Breite16 mmStop Collar∅24BV 20AF22 SW22AF23 SW2314242012,5Side Load Adaptorfor MC 225 MPB 20 SCPP 225∅ 17∅ 6,3Nylon Buttonfor MC 225 MM20x1,5∅ 12∅24 ∅6,3∅24 ∅4,8∅ 16,8∅ 6,315 26 4,424 437 511Steel ShroudPB 20 for MC 225 MSteel ShroudPB 20 SC for SC 300 M 0–9Steel Buttonfor MC 225 Mand MA/MVC 225 M-88095∅24M6MB 20M20x1,52528640 Thickness Breite20 mmClamp Mountnot for SC 2 300 M 5–9BV 20 SCAF22 SW22AF23 SW23M20x1,58M6x14RF 20M20x1,5323646Rectangular FlangeSP 20∅ 3∅ 24M20x1,5AF18 SW185,414∅ 12 Air Bleed Collarfor MC 225 M363219Side Load Adaptorfor SC 300 M 0-4-880, MA/MVC 225 M-880 and SC 300 2 M 5-9-880PS 20 AS 2012∅2620M20x1,525 12Switch Stop Collarinc. Proximity SwitchAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 31 to 32.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 29

Shock Absorber Accessories M25M25x1,530KM 2510LocknutM25x1,5SW30 AF30AH 25 PP 600∅30M25x1,5∅2532 16SW27 AF27Stop Collar∅ 23∅ 812Nylon Buttonfor MC 600 M7M6MB 25 RF 25M25x1,53446326Thickness Breite25 mm8M6x144252M25x1,532Clamp Mountnot for SC 2 650 M 5–9Rectangular FlangeUM 2525,5∅ 5,53547M25x1,51035Thickness Breite16 mm∅3016BV 2544SW27 AF2738SW30 AF3025M25x1,5∅ 16∅30BV 25 SC SP 251644SW27 AF2738SW30 AF3025M25x1,5∅ 16∅ 3∅ 30M25x1,5166,4SW23 AF23Air Bleed Collarfor MC 600 MUniversal MountSide Load Adaptorfor MC 600 MSide Load Adaptorfor SC 650 M 0-4-880, MA/MVC 600 M-880 and SC 2 650 M 5–9PB 253243 4,54,5PB 25 SC∅29 ∅8∅29 ∅6,3PS 25∅ 23∅ 86,411AS 25∅3223M25x1,525 12Steel ShroudPB 25 for MC 600 Mand SC 2 650 M 5–9324314Steel ShroudPB 25 SC for SC 650 M 0–4-880and MA/MVC 600 M-880Steel ButtonPS 25 for MC 600 MSwitch Stop Collarinc. Proximity SwitchCR 25+0,1 **( ∅ 8)∅ 5breit ∅ 30Sicherungsschraube∅ breit ∅+0,18 thick Locking Screw 6,3 8 thick 5145820SC 650 M = max 160 - min 135SC 925 M = max 205 - min 165** MC 600 M = max 165 - min 140Rear Clevisfor SC 650 M, SC 925 M and MC 600 MCRA 25∅ 30820 10 MA 600 M = max 160 - min 135MA 900 M = max 205 - min 165Rear Clevisfor MA/MVC 600 M and MA/MVC 900 MCF 25** CFC 257895Front ClevisCF 25 for SC 650 M and SC 925 M**CFC 25 for MC 600 MCF 25Front Clevisfor MA 600 M and MA 900 MInstallation:1. Warm standard button andremove from shock absorber.2. Mount CF 25/CFC 25 and lockin place.3. Thread on CR or CRA to bodyand adjust centre to centre length.4. Lock CR or CRA in place.5. Mechanical stops must be fitted atboth ends of travel. (approx. 0.5 to1 mm before end of stroke).815Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 31 to 32.30Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Mounting and Installation HintsUp to M25x1.5AH…Stop CollarKMAHFestanschlag Positive StopAll ACE miniature shock absorbers have an integral positive stop.An optional stop collar (AH...) can be added if desired to give fineadjustment of final stopping position.Stroke HubMB…Clamp Mount/Mounting BlockStroke HubClamp Slot designnot for use withSC 2 HW 25 to HW 650When using the MB Clamp mount no lock nut is needed on theshock absorber (split clamp action). The mounting block is verycompact and allows fine adjustment of the shock absorberposition by turning in and out.Two socket head screws are included with clamp mount block.When foot mounting the types with combined piston and innertube SC 2 HW 25 to SC 2 HW 650 and the types MC 9 M, MC 30 M,MC 25 M and MA 30 M, the NEW MB10, 12, 14, 20, 25 (SC 2 ) mustbe used.Type Screw Size Max. Torque Type Screw Size Max. TorqueMB10 M4x14 4 Nm MB20 M6x25 11 NmMB12 M5x16 6 Nm MB25 M6x30 11 NmMB14 M5x20 6 Nm31RF…Rectangular FlangeThe Rectangular Flange provides a space saving convenientassembly and does not need a lock nut to hold the shock absorber.Therefore achieving a neat, compact and flat surface mounting.Type Screw Size Max. Torque Type Screw Size Max. TorqueRF6 M3x8 3 Nm RF14 M5x12 6 NmRF8 M4x10 4 Nm RF20 M6x14 11 NmRF10 M4x10 4 Nm RF25 M6x14 11 NmRF12 M5x12 6 NmIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeBV; BV… SCSide Load AdaptorWith side load impact angles of morethan 3° the operating lifetime of theshock absorber reduces rapidly dueto increased wear of the rod bearings.The optional BV side load adaptorprovides a long lasting solution.Material: Threaded body and plunger:Hardened high tensile steelShock AbsorberPlungerPositive StopThreadedBodyBV secured onto the Shock Absorber!Problem:Rotating impact motion causes highside load forces on the piston rod. Thisincreases bearing wear and possiblyresults in rod breakage or bending.Solution:Install Side Load Adaptor BV. If possiblehalve the impact angle as shown.Formulae:sa = tan -12 · R sExample:s = 0.025 m a max = 25° (Type BV25)R s = 0.1 ma = tan -1 ( )a = 7.13°( )0.0252 · 0,1= =R smin =a = side load angle °a max = max. angle °s = absorber stroke mαs Hub Strokes2 · tanamaxR smin =0.0252 · tan 25R smin = 0.027 mR s = mounting radius mR smin = min. possiblemounting radius mNOTE: The BV adaptor can only be installed on shock absorbers without rod end button.The BV adaptor can only be installed ontoa shock absorber without rod end button.To order shock absorber without buttonadd suffix -880 to part number.(Note: Models MA 150 M, MC 150 M toMC 600 M and SC 2 25 M to SC 2 190 M 5-7are supplied as standard without buttons.)To remove button from existing absorber:Clamp the shock absorber in mountingblock and warm button carefully. Grip thebutton with pliers and pull off along rodaxis.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 31Rs

Mounting and Installation HintsUp to M25x1.532SP…∅3StoßdämpferShock absorberAir Bleed CollarAbstreifring Wiper ringSP Air bleed collarAir Bleed Collar (includes integral stop collar) protects shock absorberfrom ingress of abrasive contaminants like cement, paper or wood dustinto the rod seal area. It also prevents aggressive fluids such as cuttingoils, coolants etc. damaging the seals. Air bleed supply 0.5 to 1 bar.Low air consumption. The constant air bleed prevents contaminantspassing the wiper ring and entering the shock absorber seal area.Note: Do not switch off air supply whilst machine is operating!Warning: The air bleed collar can not be used on all similar body threadsized shock absorbers. The air bleed collar is only for types MC150 M toMC 600 M, MA 150 M and SC 2 190 M 5-7.PB…Stroke HubStroke HubSteel ShroudPB Steel shroudStoßdämpfer Shock absorberGrinding beads, sand, welding splatter, paints and adhesives etc. canadhere to the piston rod. They then damage the rod seals and the shockabsorber quickly fails. In many cases the installation of the optionalsteel shroud can provide worthwhile protection and increase lifetime.Note: When installing don’t forget to allow operating space for theshroud to move as the shock absorber is cycled.For part numbers MA, MC, SC please order with“M -880” sufix.Part numbers MA 150 M, MC 150 M to MC 600 M and SC 2 25 M toSC 2 190 M 5-7 are supplied without a button, for advice on removingthe button see page 31.PS…AS…Steel Button,Switch Stop Collar250-3 PNPProximity Switchmax 1 mmASPS PS∅ 3M 2,58 thick breit7,52,5Stroke HubLänge Lengthca. App. 1000 10005,52010AS inc. Proximity switch PNPThe new ACE StopLight limit switch combination canbe mounted on all popular shock absorber models.Features: Very short, compact mounting package.Good Price/Performance combination.Can be fitted to standard shock absorber.Fine adjustment of stroke/signal is possible.The steel button type PS is fitted as standard on theModels: SC 190 M 0-4, SC 300 M 0-9, SC 650 M 0-9,SC 925 M 0-4, MA/MVC 225 M, MA/MVC 600 M andMA/MVC 900 M.With all other models you must order the PS button asan optional accessory.Mounting: We recommend to fix the steel button onto theend of the piston rod using Loctite 290. Attention! Takecare not to leave any adhesive on the piston rod as thiswill cause seal damage. Thread the Switch Stop Collaronto the front of the shock absorber and secure in position.Switch cable should not be routed close to power cables.Prox.maincircuit250-3 PNPCircuit diagram PNP-switchRedLEDbrownblackbluemax.100mALoadPNP Proximity Switch DataSupply voltage: 10 - 27 VDCRipple < 10 %Load current max: 100 mAOperating temperature range: -10°C to +60°CResidual voltage: max. 1 VProtection: IP67 (IEC 144) with LED-IndicatorProximity Switch N/Open when shock absorber extended.When shock absorber is fully compressed switch closesand LED Indicator lights.+VOVIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change32Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Miniature Shock AbsorbersApplication ExamplesACE Miniature Shock Absorbers have a distinctlybetter damping characteristic than air cushions.This pneumatic linear module for high precision, highspeed motion intentionally abandoned pneumaticend-of-travel damping. The compact miniature shockabsorbers of the type MC-25MH-NB decelerate thelinear motion safer and faster when reaching the endof-travelposition. They accept the moving load gentlyand decelerate it smoothly throughout the entire strokelength.Additional advantages: simpler construction, smallerpneumatic valves, lower maintenance costs as well asreduced compressed air consumption.Constant resisting force33Miniature Shock Absorber in linear pneumatic moduleIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeSoft end-of-travel dampingon rotary movementsACE Miniature Shock Absorbers optimise productionwith minimum expenditure.The cycle rate for an assembly line producing electroniccomponents was increased to 3 600 units/hr by usingACE shock absorbers. Miniature shock absorbers typeSC-190M1 decelerate the rapid transfer movements onthe production line and using soft damping methodsoptimise the pick up and set down of the components.This soft deceleration technique has increased productionand reduced maintenance on the portal and rotaryactuator modules. The optional side load adaptor protectsthe shock absorber from high side load forcesand increases the operating lifetime.Using ACE shock absorbers reduces maintenancecosts by 50 % and running costs by 20 %, diminishingenergy consumption.Optimalised production in the electronics industryStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 33

Industrial Shock AbsorbersMC 33 to MC 64Self-Compensating34This range of self-compensating shockabsorbers is part of the innovativeMAGNUM Series from ACE. You profitfrom the enhanced product life in themost difficult operating environmentsprovided by the latest seal technology,hardened main bearing and also theintegrated positive stop. You achieve50 % more Energy absorption capacityand a much wider range of effectiveweight capability (between 3 kg and63 700 kg!). This offers you the capabilityof mounting shock absorberswith the highest energy capacity ratingsfor their size in the Industry and allowsfull exploitation of your machinerypotential. You can access new possibilitiesin machine design and constructionsince this range offers suchfeatures as a fully threaded outerbody and a new clampingflange system.Integrated Positive StopMain BearingFully Threaded Outer BodyMembrane AccumulatorIncreased Piston AreaHardened Piston RingHardened One-PiecePressure ChamberHeavy DutyOne-PieceSteel OuterBodyImpact velocity range: 0.15 up to 5 m/s (on requestunder 0.15 m/s and up to 20 m/s.)Oil filling: Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) 42cSt.Materials: Steel with black oxide finish. Piston rod hightensile steel, hardened and chrome plated. Rod end buttonhardened steel with black oxide finish. Zinc plated orplastic-coated return spring.For optimum heat dissipation do not paint shock absorber.Capacity rating: For Emergency Use only applications it issometimes possible to exceed the published max. capacityratings. Please consult ACE for further details. If yourapplication exceeds the tabulated W4 figures (max. energyper hour Nm/hr) consider additional cooling. Ask ACE forfurther details.Mounting: In any position.Temperature range:-12°C to 70°C. For higher temperaturesconsult ACE.On request: plated finishes.Weartec finish (seawaterresistant), special oils.Mounting inside air cylindersand other special options areavailable on request.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change34

Industrial Shock Absorbers MA and ML 33 to 64Adjustable MAGNUM SeriesThis adjustable shock absorber fromACE is unique. The innovativeMAGNUM Series models provide thenext generation of deceleration technologyto meet the needs of the future.The latest seal technology, a hardenedmain bearing and the integrated positivestop provide a significant increasein operating lifetime. Other innovationssuch as the front and rear adjuster,new clamping flanges and the fullythreaded outer body provide many newoptions in installation and mounting.Exploit the advantages of this seriesin your applications with it's 50 %increased energy capacity and a muchwider effective weight range. Theeffective weight range extends from9 kg up to 80 000 kg. The MA rangemodels cover the majority ofstandard applications, whilst theML range is specially designedfor low velocity/high effectiveweight applications from300 kg up to 500 000 kgeffective weight.Front AdjusterIntegrated Positive StopMain BearingFully Threaded Outer Body35Membrane AccumulatorIncreased Piston AreaHardened Piston RingHardened One-PiecePressure ChamberImpact velocity range: Type ML: 0.02 up to 0.46 m/s,Type MA: 0.15 up to 5 m/s, (up to 20 m/s on request.)Oil filling: Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) 42cSt.Materials: Steel with black oxide finish. Piston rod hightensile steel, hardened and chrome plated. Rod end buttonhardened steel with black oxide finish. Zinc plated orplastic-coated return spring.For optimum heat dissipation do not paint shock absorber.Capacity rating: For Emergency Use Only applications it issometimes possible to exceed the published max. capacityratings. Please consult ACE for further details. If yourapplication exceeds the tabulated W4 figures (max. energyper hour Nm/hr) consider additional cooling. Ask ACE forfurther details.Adjustment: Turning the front stop collar or rear adjustertowards 0 makes the unitharder. Turning towards 9makesthe unit softer.Mounting: In any position.Temperature range: -12°C to+70°C. For higher temperaturesconsult ACE.On request: plated finishes.Weartec finish (seawaterresistant), special oils.Mounting inside air cylindersand other special options areavailable on request.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeLockingScrew(MA/ML 64only)Heavy DutyOne-PieceSteel OuterBodyRearAdjuster35

Industrial Shock Absorbers MC/MA/ML 33Self-Compensating and AdjustableAdjuster Einstellring (only (nur MA MA and und ML)Positive AnschlagStopM33x1,5∅2536L2∅30 B maxA maxGewinde M 36x1.5 M36x1,5 also available und M42x1,5 to order auf AnfrageGewinde Thread UNF 1 1/4-12 also available on request (Omit suffix -M from Part number)S 3310L1maxmin20L3Einstellschraube Adjuster (only nur MA MA and und ML) MLSquare Flange and Foot mountings do not require the use of a Locking Ring for installation (new slotted clamping system).Because of the thread pitchthe fixing holes for the secondfoot mount should only bedrilled and tapped after thefirst foot mount has beenfixed in position.82056∅74240Side Foot Mounting KitS 33 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws M6x40, DIN 912Tightening torque 11 NmClamping torque > 90 NmR 10C 3314L 5 max1413 breit thick 13 breit1410 H8 13 thick 10 H8SF 333414H14∅10 h913Pin Bolzensicherungretainer23min20°13 ∅ 3813L 6 maxClevis Mounting Kitmin10°C 33 = 2 Clevis eyes. Delivered assembled to shock absorber.Use positive stop at both ends of travel3248∅7522Clevis FlangeSF 33 = Flange + 4 screws M6x20 DIN 912Tightening torque 7.5 NmConforms to: Audi + VW 39D1307/2/032, VDMA 24562 part 2Daimler Chr. B801520023647, Opel-GM M1391167336DimensionsType *Stroke A max B max L1 min L1 max L2 L3 L5 max L6 maxMC, MA, ML 3325 M 25 138 23 25 60 83 68 39 168MC, MA, ML 3350 M 50 189 48.5 32 86 108 93 64 218* Nominal stroke length (without integral stop collar fitted).Capacity ChartMax. Energy Capacity NmSoft *Effective Weight me HardRod Max.Type **per CycleW 4 per hour Return Force Reset Side LoadSelf- With air/ With oil -0 -1 -2 -3 -4 N Time Angle WeightSelf-Compensating W 3 contained oil tank recirculation min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max min max s o kgMC 3325 M 155 75 000 124 000 169 000 3 - 11 9 - 40 30 - 120 100 - 420 350 - 1 420 45 - 90 0.03 4 0.45MC 3350 M 310 85 000 135 000 180 000 5 - 22 18 - 70 60 - 250 210 - 840 710 - 2 830 45 - 135 0.06 3 0.54*Effective Weight meTypeType MAType MLAdjustablemin kg maxmin kg maxMA, ML 3325 M 170 75 000 124 000 169 000 9 - 1 700 300 - 50 000 45 - 90 0.03 4 0.45MA, ML 3350 M 340 85 000 135 000 180 000 13 - 2 500 500 - 80 000 45 - 135 0.06 3 0.54* The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order.** For Emergency Use Only applications it is sometimes possible to exceed the above ratings. Please consult ACE for further details.Specifications relate to the effective stroke length (B max.).Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.comIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Shock Absorber AccessoriesFor New Installations and Interchange RequirementsM33x1,5 For use on new installations:NM 33 PP 33QF 336,5∅39,6Locking RingA max.13,2siehe see shock Stoßdämpfer absorber dims.Poly ButtonOptional button withelastomer insert for∅29,2 noise suppression.Option supplied readymounted onto the shockabsorber. For self installationsee mounting instructionson Page 46.6,6KlemmschlitzslotClampingInstall with 4 machine screws withBreite thick tightening torque: = 11 Nm3210 mm Clamping torque: > 90 Nm44Square FlangeBV 3325BV 3350M33x1,5Stroke Hub23(48,5)100 (128)M45x1,5max.25°48 (75)29(53,5)∅30Dims. in ()for BV 3350Side Load AdaptorMounting, installation etc. see pages 32 and 43.AS 33 PB 3325PB 33505624∅ 37Switch Stop Collarinc. Proximity Switch and PolyButton with elastomer insert**Amax 148 (198)25 (50)Stroke Hub37(61,5)Steel Shroud∅15∅35 (36)Dims. in ()for PB 3350**Total installation length of theshock absorber inc. steel shroud37Ordering ExampleSelf-CompensatingThread Size M33Stroke 25 mmMetric Thread(omitted when using thread UNF 11/4–12)Effective Weight Range VersionMC 3325 M-1Model Type PrefixStandard ModelsSelf-Contained with Return SpringMC self-compensatingMA adjustableML adjustable, for lower impact velocitySpecial ModelsAir/Oil Return without Return SpringMCA, MAA, MLASpecial ModelsAir/Oil Return with Return SpringMCS, MAS, MLSInterchange Parts for the earlier Types MC 120…C 1200∅6,4∅40RFL 1200Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeS 120012,812,7196,4 L1maxL1min8Clevis Mounting (Use positive stop at both ends of travel)126,4L428L6 max 7Clevis Mounting Kit C 1200 (250-0323) = 1 Rear clevis flange + 1 Rod clevis + 1 Locking ring (supplied assembled to shock absorber).Side Foot Mounting20,554∅722 136070Foot Mounting Kit S 1200 (250-0294) = 2 Rectangular flanges + 2 Side bars + 2 Locking rings + 4 Socket head screws.∅6,41912,741 28∅ 7Dimensions4254Thickness Breite 10mmmmRectangular FlangeLocking ring also requiredStroke L 1 * L 4 L 6 max.25 97 47,4 16750 122 73,4 218* Dimension can be altered.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 37

Industrial Shock Absorbers MC/MA/ML 45Self-Compensating and AdjustableAdjuster Einstellring (only (nur MA and und ML)Positive AnschlagStopM45x1,5∅3538L2∅42 B maxA maxGewinde Thread UNF 1 3/4-12 also available on request (Omit suffix -M from Part number)Einstellschraube Adjuster (only nur MA MA and und ML)S 4512,5L1maxmin25L3Because of the thread pitchthe fixing holes for the secondfoot mount should only bedrilled and tapped after thefirst foot mount has beenfixed in position.162880∅96056Side Foot Mounting KitS 45 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws M 8x50, DIN 912Tightening torque 27 NmClamping torque > 350 NmC 45SF 45R 1428L 5 max2020 breit thick20 breit1816 H8 20 thick 16 H84521H14∅16 h915BolzensicherungretainerPin29min15°20 ∅ 5317L 6 maxmin15°Clevis Mounting KitC 45 = 2 Clevis eyes. Delivered assembled to shock absorber.Use positive stop at both ends of travel4665Clevis Flange∅9627SF 45 = Flange + 4 screws M 8x20 DIN 912Tightening torque 7.5 NmConforms to: Audi + VW 39D1307/2/050, VDMA 24562 part 2Daimler Chr. B801520023647, Opel-GM M13911675Dimensions38Type *Stroke A max B max L1 min L1 max L2 L3 L5 max L6 maxMC, MA, ML 4525 M 25 145 23 32 66 95 66 43 200MC, MA, ML 4550 M 50 195 48,5 40 92 120 91 68 250MC, MA 4575 M 75 246 74 50 118 145 116 93 300* Nominal stroke length (without integral stop collar fitted).Capacity ChartMax. Energy Capacity NmSoft *Effective Weight me HardRod Max.Type**per W 4 per Hour Return Force Reset Side LoadCycle Self- with Air/ with Oil -0 -1 -2 -3 -4 N Time Angle WeightSelf-Compensating W 3 Contained Oil Tank Recirculation min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max min max s o kgMC 4525 M 340 107 000 158 000 192 000 7 - 27 20 - 90 80 - 310 260 - 1 050 890- 3 540 70 - 100 0.03 4 1.13MC 4550 M 680 112 000 192 000 248 000 13 - 54 45 - 180 150 - 620 520 - 2 090 1 800- 7 100 70 - 145 0.08 3 1.36MC 4575 M 1 020 146 000 225 000 282 000 20 - 80 70 - 270 230 - 930 790 - 3 140 2 650-10 600 50 - 180 0.11 2 1.59TypeAdjustableType MA*Effective Weight meType MLmin kg maxmin kg maxMA, ML 4525 M 390 107 000 158 000 192 000 40 - 10 000 3 000 - 110 000 70 - 100 0.03 4 1.13MA, ML 4550 M 780 112 000 192 000 248 000 70 - 14 500 5 000 - 180 000 70 - 145 0.08 3 1.36MA 4575 M 1 170 146 000 225 000 282 000 70 - 15 000 50 - 180 0.11 2 1.59* The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order.** For Emergency Use Only applications it is sometimes possible to exceed the above ratings. Please consult ACE for further details.Specifications relate to the effective stroke length (B max.).Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.comIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Shock Absorber AccessoriesFor New Installations and Interchange RequirementsM45x1,5 For use on new installations:NM 45 PP 45QF 4599,5∅55,6A max.19,4siehe see shock Stoßdämpfer absorber dims.∅42Optional button withelastomer insert fornoise suppression.Option supplied readymounted onto the shockabsorber. For self installationsee mounting instructionson Page 46.4256KlemmschlitzslotClampingBreite thick12 mmInstall with 4 machine screws withtightening torque: = 27 NmClamping torque: > 200 NmLocking RingPoly ButtonSquare FlangeBV 4525BV 4550M45x1,5Stroke Hub23(48,5)M64x2max.20°∅40AS 4530∅ 57PB 4525PB 4550**Amax 154 (204,5)∅20∅483952 (80)29100 (130)(54,5)Side Load AdaptorDims. in ()for BV 4550Mounting, installation etc. see pages 32 and 43.55,5Switch Stop Collarinc. Proximity Switch and PolyButton with elastomer insert25 (50)Stroke HubSteel Shroud37(62,5)Dims. in ()for PB 4550**Total installation length of theshock absorber inc. steel shroudOrdering ExampleAdjustableThread Size M45Stroke 25 mmMetric Thread(omitted when using thread UNF 13/4–12)ML4525 MModel Type PrefixStandard ModelsSelf-Contained with Return SpringMC self-compensatingMA adjustableML adjustable, for lower impact velocitySpecial ModelsAir/Oil Return without Return SpringMCA, MAA, MLASpecial ModelsAir/Oil Return with Return SpringMCS, MAS, MLSInterchange Parts for the earlier Types MC 140…C 1400RFL 1400QFL 140025,4∅12,7∅57Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeS 14006,525,42717,5∅ 9∅ 91313L6 max 136041,2197657Thickness Breite 13 13 mm mmThickness Breite 13mmmmRectangular Flange Square FlangeClevis Mounting (Use positive stop at both ends of travel)Locking ring also required Locking ring also requiredClevis Mounting Kit C 1400 (250-0325) = 1 Rear clevis flange + 1 Rod clevis + 1 Locking ring (supplied assembled to shock absorber).22 6,5L1max1013L1minSide Foot MountingL4Foot Mounting Kit S 1400 (250-0300) = 2 Square flanges + 2 Side bars + 2 Locking rings + 4 Socket head screws.28,5∅9,557∅929,5 1476952657 41,2Dimensions57 41,2Stroke L 1 * L 4 L 6 max.25 89 49.5 20050 111 77.5 25075 136 103.5 301* Dimension can be altered.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 39

Industrial Shock Absorbers MC/MA/ML 64Self-Compensating and AdjustableAdjuster Einstellring (only (nur MA MA and und ML)Anschlag Positive StopM64x2∅4840L2A maxGewinde Thread UNF 2 1/2-12also available on request(Omit suffix -M from Part number)S 64∅ 60 B maxNote: 150 mmbei bei 150 150strokeHub HubmodelØ∅ 60does not include Stop Collarand positive stop is providedby the rod button which is60 mm dia.Einstellschraube Adjuster (only nur MA MA and und ML)12,5L1maxmin25L3Because of the thread pitchthe fixing holes for the secondfoot mount should only bedrilled and tapped after thefirst foot mount has beenfixed in position.1240100∅11,57880Side Foot Mounting KitS 64 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws M10x80, DIN 912Tightening torque 50 NmClamping torque > 350 NmR 20C 6435L 5 max2524 breit thickbreit3520 H8 24 thick 20 H8SF 646525H14∅20 h922Pin Bolzensicherungretainer45min20°∅ 74∅ 50**30 30L 6 maxClevis Mounting Kitmin10°C 64 = 2 Clevis eyes. Delivered assembled to shock absorber.** with 150 mm stroke Dia. 60 mm. Order C 64/150.Use positive stop at both ends of travel7295∅111036Clevis FlangeSF 64 = Flange + 4 Screws M 10x20 DIN 912Tightening torque 15 NmConforms to: Audi + VW 39D1307/2/050, VDMA 24562 part 2Daimler Chr. B801520023647, Opel-GM M13911675DimensionsType *Stroke A max B max L1 min L1 max L2 L3 L5 max L6 maxML 6425 M 25 174 23 40 86 114 75.5 60 260MC, MA, ML 6450 M 50 225 48.5 50 112 140 100 85 310MC, MA 64100 M 100 326 99.5 64 162 191 152 136 410MC, MA 64150 M 150 450 150 80 212 241 226 187 530* Nominal stroke length (without integral stop collar fitted).Capacity ChartMax. Energy Capacity NmSoft *Effective Weight me HardRod Max.W 4 per Hour Return Force Reset SideType **per Cycle Self- with Air/ with Oil -0 -1 -2 -3 -4 N Time Load WeightSelf-Compensating W 3 Contained Oil Tank Recirculation min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max min max s o kgMC 6450 M 1 700 146 000 293 000 384 000 35 - 140 140 - 540 460 - 1 850 1 600- 6 300 5 300 -21 200 90 - 155 0.12 4 2.90MC 64100 M 3 400 192 000 384 000 497 000 70 - 280 270 - 1 100 930 - 3 700 3 150-12 600 10 600 -42 500 105 - 270 0.34 3 3.70MC 64150 M 5 100 248 000 497 000 644 000 100 - 460 410 - 1 640 1 390 - 5 600 4 700-18 800 16 000 -63 700 75 - 365 0.48 2 5.10*Effective Weight meTypeType MAType MLAdjustablemin kg maxmin kg maxML 6425 M 1 020 124 000 248 000 332 000 7 000 - 300 000 120 - 155 0.06 5 2.50MA, ML 6450 M 2 040 146 000 293 000 384 000 220 - 50 000 11 000 - 500 000 90 - 155 0.12 4 2.90MA 64100 M 4 080 192 000 384 000 497 000 270 - 52 000 105 - 270 0.34 3 3.70MA 64150 M 6 120 248 000 497 000 644 000 330 - 80 000 75 - 365 0.48 2 5.10* The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order.** For Emergency Use Only applications it is sometimes possible to exceed the above ratings. Please consult ACE for further details.Specifications relate to the effective stroke length (B max.).Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change40Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Shock Absorber AccessoriesFor New Installations and Interchange RequirementsM64x2 For use on new installations:NM 64 PP 64QF 64119,5∅76Locking RingBV 6425BV 6450Stroke HubM64x223(48,5)M90x2max.20°10030A max.19,1siehe see shock Stoßdämpfer absorber dims.Poly Button∅56Dims. in ()for BV 6450170(55)Side Load AdaptorMounting, installation etc. see pages 43.∅60Optional button withelastomer insert fornoise suppression.Option supplied readymounted onto the shockabsorber. For self installationsee mounting instructionson Page 46.QF 901180110Square FlangeKlemmschlitzClampingslotKlemmschlitzClampingslotthick Breite20 mm5880Square Flangethick Breite16 mmInstall with 4 machine screws withtightening torque: = 50 NmClamping torque: > 210 NmInstall with 4 machine screws withtightening torque: = 50 NmClamping torque: > 210 NmPB 6425PB 6450**Amax 184,5 (236)∅30∅6725 (50)40Stroke Hub (69) Dims. in ()for PB 6450Steel Shroud**Total installation length of theshock absorber inc. steel shroud41Ordering ExampleAdjustableThread Size M64Stroke 50 mmMetric Thread(omitted when using thread UNF 2 1/2–12)MA 6450 MModel Type PrefixStandard ModelsSelf-Contained with Return SpringMC self-compensatingMA adjustableML adjustable, for lower impact velocitySpecial ModelsAir/Oil Return without Return SpringMCA, MAA, MLASpecial ModelsAir/Oil Return with Return SpringMCS, MAS, MLSInterchange Parts for the earlier Types MC 160…C 1600 (1 1/8)QFL 1600Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change3816S 1600 (1 1/8)9,53217,5L1max 17,5L1minSide Foot Mounting∅19Clevis Mounting (Use positive stop at both ends of travel)19339,5L435L6 max 16Clevis Mounting Kit C 1600 (250-0327) = 1 Rear clevis flange + 1 Rod clevis + 1 Locking ring (supplied assembled to shock absorber).Foot Mounting Kit S 1600 (250-0303) = 2 Square flanges + 2 Side bars + 2 Locking rings + 4 Socket head screws.454519∅10,689124143∅19,138∅763289 70∅10,67089Breite thick 16 16 mm mmSquare FlangeDimensionsLocking ring also requiredStroke L 1 * L 4 L 6 max.25 102 64 25750 127 90 309100 178 140 410150 229 214 530* Dimension can be altered.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 41

Interchange Details A 1 1/2Replacement with the MAGNUM Series MA 64 and MC 64*Earlier ModelMAGNUM SeriesCode Adjustable *W 3 StrokemmAdjustable *W 3 StrokemmSelf-Compensating *W 3 Strokemm1 A 1 1/2x2 … 1 800 50 MA 6450 M … 2 040 50 MC 6450 M … 1 700 502 A 1 1/2x3 1/2 … 3 200 89 MA 64100 M… 4 080 100 MC 64100 M … 3 400 1003 A 1 1/2x5 … 4 500 127 MA 64100 M … 4 080 100 MC 64100 M … 3 400 1004 A 1 1/2x6 1/2 … 5 900 165 MA 64150 M … 6 120 150 MC 64150 M … 5 100 150* W 3 = Max. energy capacity per cycle in Nm.42A 1 1/2 x …-R (Rear Flange)MA 64 …, MC 64 …2076L113Stroke10060 L1Stroke HubFlange QFR 64-1 1/2A 1 1/2 x …-F (Front Flange)MA 64 …, MC 64 …7613L2 Stroke Hub 100L2 Stroke Hub2020Flange QFF 64-1 1/2DimensionsCodeDimensionsCodeL11 1962 2333 2714 329L21 552 543 544 73A 1 1/2 x …-S (Side Foot Mounting)MA 64 …, MC 64 …Dimensions16L3L4Stroke Hub5118100140165∅1316L3L4Stroke HubCode L3 L42 170 593 208 594 246 78Foot Mount Set S 64-1 1/2A 1 1/2 x …-C (Clevis Mounting)MA 64 …, MC 64 …Nutmutter Locking Ring NM NM 64 6431,8∅19,1∅19,119 L5 min max.1615,9 3831,8∅19,119L5 min maxClevis Mount Set C 64-1 1/2Dimensions∅19,11615,9 38*A1 1/2 *MA 64Code L5 min L5 max L5 max1 278.0 328.6 328.02 317.0 405.6 417.03 353.0 481.8 453.04 412.0 577.0 562.0Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change* Note! L5 max. is not the same.42Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Mounting and Installation HintsFor Magnum M33x1.5 to M64x2BV…Side Load AdaptorPositive StopFor side load impact angles from 3° to 25°.With side load impact angles of more than 3° the operatinglifetime of the shock absorber reduces rapidly due toincreased wear of the rod bearings. The optional BV sideload adaptor provides a long lasting solution. For mountingthe adaptor has the same outer thread as the nextlarger size of standard shock absorber i.e.:BV 3325 (M45x1,5) for MC, MA, ML 3325 M (M33x1,5)BV 3350 (M45x1,5) for MC, MA, ML 3350 M (M33x1,5)BV 4525 (M64x2) for MC, MA, ML 4525 M (M45x1,5)BV 4550 (M64x2) for MC, MA, ML 4550 M (M45x1,5)BV 6425 (M90x2) for ML 6425 M (M64x2)BV 6450 (M90x2) for MC, MA, ML 6450 M (M64x2)Material: Threaded body and plunger hardened hightensile steel.Mounting: Directly mount the shock absorber on theoutside thread of the side load adaptor or by using theQF flange. You can not use a foot mounting.Shock Absorber Adaptor Body Plunger43PB…Steel ShroudPositive StopFor thread sizes M33x1.5, M45x1.5 and M64x2 with 25 mmor 50 mm stroke.Grinding beads, sand, welding splatter, paints and adhesivesetc. can adhere to the piston rod. They then damagethe rod seals and the shock absorber quickly fails. In manycases the installation of the optional Steel Shroud canprovide worthwhile protection and increase lifetime.Material: Hardened high tensile steel.Mounting: To mount the PB steel shroud it is necessary toremove the rod end button of the shock absorber.Note!When installing don’t forget to allow operating spacefor the shroud to move as the shock absorber is cycled.Shock AbsorberStrokeSteel ShroudIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeAS…Switch Stop CollarFor thread sizes M33x1.5 and M45x1.5The new ACE StopLight Switch Stop Collar combinationserves as a safety element to provide stroke position informationfor automatically sequenced machines. The compactconstruction allows its use in nearly any application.The standard rod button is detected by the proximityswitch at the end of its stroke to provide switch actuation.The switch is normally open when the shock absorber isextended and only closes when it has completed its operatingstroke.The AS Switch Stop Collar combination is only deliveredready mounted onto the shock absorber c/w the switch.Material: Hardened high tensile steel.Proximity SwitchPositive StopFor circuit diagram of proximity switch see page 32.Shock AbsorberSwitchStop CollarSteel Buttonwith Elastomer InsertStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 43

Industrial Shock Absorbers MAGNUM 33-HT to 64-HTFor High Ambient Temperatures and/or High Cycle RatesAnschlag Positive StopMD2L2D144 A maxB maxDimensions and Capacity ChartModel*StrokemmMax. Energy CapacityNm per cycle Nm per hourat 20°C at 100°CW3 max.Nm W4 max.Nm W4 max.NmMax. SideLoad Angle°Part NumberA max B D1 D2 L2 MMC 3325 M 25 138 23 30 25 83 M33x1.5 155 215 000 82 000 4 0.45MC 3350 M 50 189 48.5 30 25 108 M33x1.5 310 244 000 93 000 3 0.54MC 4525 M 25 145 23 42 35 95 M45x1.5 340 307 000 117 000 4 1.13MC 4550 M 50 195 48.5 42 35 120 M45x1.5 680 321 000 122 000 3 1.36MC 6450 M 50 225 48.5 60 48 140 M64x2 1 700 419 000 159 000 4 2.90MC 64100 M 100 326 99.5 60 48 191 M64x2 3 400 550 000 200 000 3 3.70* nominal stroke length (without stop collar fitted)WeightkgThe Calculation and Selection of the most suitable shock absorber (effective weight range) for your application shouldbe carried out or checked by ACE Controls. Adjustable models are also available on request.Ordering ExampleSelf-CompensatingThread Size M33Stroke 50 mmMetric Thread (omitted when using thread UNF)Effective Weight Range CodeVersion for High Temperature UseMC 3350 M-2-HTDetails Required when Ordering:Load to be Decelerated m (kg)Impact Velocity v (m/s)Propelling Force F (N)Operating Cycles per Hour x (/hr)Number of Absorbers in Parallel nAmbient Temperature °CTechnical DataImpact velocity range: 0.15 to 5 m/s, up to 20 m/s on request.Oil filling: special temperature stable synthetic oil.Material: Shock absorber body and accessories: Steel with black oxidefinish. Piston rod: high tensile steel hardened and chrome plated. Rodend button: hardened steel with black oxide finish. Zinc plated returnspring. For optimum heat dissipation do not paint shock absorber.Mounting: in any position.Operating temperature range: -20°C to 150°CCapacity rating: For Emergency Use only applications it is sometimespossible to exceed above max. capacity ratings (please consult ACE fordetails). The above W 4 ratings (max. energy Nm per hour) can sometimesbe increased by using an external Air/Oil Tank (see page 51)and Model version prefix MCA (please consult ACE for further details).On request: Plated finishes for additional corrosion protection.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change44Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Air/Oil TanksAO 1 AO 3 AO 6912,535∅ 4395165138102195334∅ 86∅ 1528,5722Oil capacity 20 cm 3Material: Alu. caps andpolycarbonate body.NPT 1/8" 1/8’’10,2Max. pressure 8 bar. Max. temperature 80°C.Oil filling: ATF-Oil 42 cSt at 40°C for all shockabsorbers in Magnum Series.Mount air/oil tank higher than shockabsorber. Bleed all air from systembefore operating.Attention: Exhaust tank before carrying outservice. Check valve holds pressure!Suggested Air/Oil tanks in accordance with W 4 ratings1747,5Oil capacity 330 cm 3Material: Alu. caps and steel bodypolycarbonate sight gauge.Part NumbersNPTF 3/8’’ 3/8"20NPTF 1/2’’ 1/2" 16,5(G 3/8’’)**92NPTF 3/4" 3/4’’(G 3/4’’)**Oil capacity 2600 cm 3Material: Alu. caps and steel bodypolycarbonate sight gauge.with tank examples 1-4 with recirc. circuits Ex. 5-6 Conn. pipe. ØType Tank non-return valve Tank non-return valve min.MCA, MAA, MLA 33… AO 1 CV 1/8 AO 3 CV 1/4 4MCA, MAA, MLA 45… AO 1 CV 1/8 AO 3 CV 3/8 6MCA, MAA, MLA 64… AO 3 CV 1/4 AO 691 CV 1/2 8CAA, AA 2… AO 691 CV 1/2 AO 82 CV 3/4 15CAA, AA 3… AO 691 CV 1/2 AO 82 CV 3/4 19CAA 4… AO 82 CV 3/4 AO 82 CV 3/4 38AO 82 details on request.45Connection Examples Air/Oil Tanks123Non-return valve– RV –Pipe short as possible.Max. pressure 8 barPressure regulatorPiston rod returns immediately toextended position when load movesaway. Operation without main airsupply possible for short periods.4Return stroke may be sequenced bypneumatic valve at any desired time.No return force until valve energised.5Return force can be adjusted by pressureregulator. Ensure safe minimumpressure to return shock absorber.6Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeSpring return with Air/Oil Tank.No air supply connected.Note: Will extend return time.Thread Sizes for connection to air/oil tankThreadThreadType bottom side**MCA, MAA, MLA 33 G1/8 outside* G1/8 insideMCA, MAA, MLA 45 G1/8 inside G1/8 insideMCA, MAA, MLA 64 G1/4 inside G1/4 inside* adapted** on request (add suffix -PG/-P)Tee-pieceSpecial unit necessaryOil recirculation circuit for extremehigh cycle rates. Warm oil is positivelycirculated through air/oil tank forincreased heat dissipation.Part Numbers CV…max. pressure 20 barmax. temperature 95°CSuitable for: Oil, Air, Water.Material: AluminiumCConnection of two shock absorbersto one air/oil tank is possible. Use nextlarger size tank. Combination withexamples 2, 3 and 5 possible.CModelPipe as shortas possiblePart No.CV 1/8A19B24C1/8CV 1/4 29 33 1/4CV 3/8 29 33 3/8CV 1/2 41 40 1/2CV 3/4 48 59 3/4AStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 45B

Mounting Hints and Operation Details46Mechanical StopThe MAGNUM Series units have a built in stop collar(mechanical stop) which also serves as the frontadjuster.If using a shock absorber without a stop collar it isimportant to install a mechanical stop 0.5 to 1 mmbefore the end of the stroke.Stop Collar +Front Adjuster*Rear Aduster**MA and ML onlyGeneralFor optimum heat dissipation do not paint the shock absorber. For applications in environments with acids, dusts orpowders, abrasives, steam or water please protect the shock absorber and/or consider the special accessories on page43. The shock absorber should be securely mounted onto a flat and smooth surface of adequate strength.Self Compensating ModelsThe MC family of shock absorbers are self compensating. Providing the effective weight on the application remains withinthe band given in the capacity charts then no adjustment is necessary for changes in weights, speeds or propellingforce. These units are available with five standard operating bands (me min. – me max.) and are identified by the suffixnumber after the model which goes from -0 (very soft) up to -4 (very hard).The optimum deceleration is achieved when there is no abrupt change in the load velocity at the beginning or the endof the shock absorber stroke.If there is a hard impact at the start of stroke f use the next softer version (i.e. lower suffix number).If there is a hard setdown at the end of stroke f use the next harder version, or mount two units in parallel.Alternatively change to a larger bore size unit. Contact ACE for further advice.Adjustable ModelsThe adjustment has a graduated scale from 0 to 9. The adjuster in the body of MA/ML 64 has a side mounted lockingscrew which should be loosened (1/2 turn max.) with a hex. key before commencing adjustment. The MAGNUM Seriesunits can be adjusted by the hex. socket at the rear of the body – or by rotating the front stop collar. Both adjusters areinternally connected and will show the same adjustment value on the scales as they are turned. After installation cyclethe equipment a few times and turn the adjustment until optimum deceleration is achieved (i.e. no abrupt change in theload velocity observed at the beginning or at the end of shock absorber stroke). The shock absorber is delivered set at 5.If there is a hard impact at start of stroke f adjust the unit softer i.e. towards 9 on the scale.If there is a hard setdown at end of stroke f adjust the unit harder i.e. towards 0.Adjustment approaching “0” means: a) Impact velocity is too low: consider changing to Model type ML or:b) Shock absorber selected is too small: use next larger size or mount 2 unitsin parallel.Mounting OptionsBasic Model Flange Mounting Side Foot Mounting Clevis MountingRemoving Rod End ButtonPress fit(screw loctited for security).Clamp button in vice andloosen screw 3 or 4 turns.Drive out piston rodwith punch as shown.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeRepairsIt is possible to overhaul ACE shock absorbers in M 33 sizes and larger. We would recommend that damaged or wornshock absorbers are returned to ACE for repair. You will find that this is more economic than the comparative cost ofrepairing yourself. Spare parts and seal kits etc. are available however if required.46Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Special Shock AbsorbersAdjustable and Self-CompensatingACE can also offer more than its already extensive range of standard products covering body sizes from M6 up toM130. For over 40 years we have designed and developed many customer specific “specials”. These include units withspecial damping characteristics for unusual applications or non-standard materials or operating fluids. Special sealsand mounting accessories for customers specific applications are also available.Below are a few examples of the thousands of special options that we have provided in the past.Special shock absorberswith damping in the pulldirection. Available inmedium bore sizes fromM33x1.5 to M64x2.Ask for details.Special shock absorberswith non-standard springfor higher return force.For sizes from M14x1.5upwards.Ask for details.47Special shock absorberswith lengthened pistonrods and clevis mountsfor extended mountingpoints. Available in allsizes from M33x1.5upwards.Ask for details.Special shock absorberswith guided anti-rotationhead with built in rollerfor damping and thenallowing the sidewaystransfer of heavy loads.Available on heavy dutyunits from M100x2upwards.Ask for details.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeShock absorbers with special anti-corrosion finishes.Options include plated or painted finishes, Weartec finishfor saltwater protection and units with all exposed partsmanufactured from V4A Stainless Steel.Model*Part No.MC 150 M-V4AMC 150 MH-V4AMC 150 MH2-V4AMC 225 M-V4AMC 225 MH-V4AMC 225 MH2-V4AMC 600 M-V4AMC 600 MH-V4AMC 600 MH2-V4A* For Technical details see page 21.Middle bore sizes M33x1,5 and M45x1,5by quotation.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 47

Heavy Industrial Shock Absorbers CA 2 to CA 4Self-Compensating48The CA 2 to CA 4 complete the ACEproduct range of self-compensatingshock absorbers. With these unitsACE has a continuous range of selfcompensatingunits to handleeffective weights from 0.3 kg up to326 000 kg. The robust CA Seriesunits are designed for really heavyduty applications. Damage causedby errors in adjustment setting isruled out by their self-compensatingdesign. You can select the correctmodel for your application using theACE Selection Program or by usingthe capacity charts.In comparison with the earlier SAHSrange the new CA 2" has 70 % andthe new CA 3" 25 % higher capacity.The new CA units are maintenancefree and available self-containedor for use with an externalair/oil tank.Piston RodButtonReturn SpringMain BearingPistonAccumulatorOuter BodyPressure Chamberwith Metering Orifices48Mechanical Stop: Install Mechanical Stop 2.5 mm to 3 mmbefore the end of stroke.Energy capacity: For Emergency Use Only Applicationsit may be possible to exceed published energy per cycle(W 3 ) figures. Please consult ACE for further details.Material: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rodhigh tensile steel hardened and chrome plated. Returnspring zinc plated. To avoid reducing heat dissipationdo not paint outer body.Impact velocity range: 0.3 m/sup to 5 m/s.Oil filling: AutomaticTransmission Fluid viscosity42 cSt. at 40°C.Mounting: In any position.Operating temperature range:-12°C to +90°C.On request: Special oils, orfor higher or lower impactvelocities outside range shownabove, or other options pleaseconsult ACE.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Heavy Industrial Shock Absorbers A 1 1/2 to A 3AdjustableThe adjustable shock absorbers ofthe ACE Product Series A 11/2 to A 3cover an effective weight range from0.3 kg up to 204 000 kg. The robustA Series units are designed for reallyheavy duty applications. The unitsare adjusted by means of a sockethead screw in the rear end. The adjustableA series can replace the olderSAHS series units with the samemounting dimensions. (Ask ACE forassistance.)The A units are maintenance free andself-contained.49Return SpringPiston RodMain BearingPistonAccumulatorOuter BodyPressure Chamberwith Metering OrificesMechanical Stop: Install Mechanical Stop 2.5 mm to 3 mmbefore the end of stroke.Adjustment: Turning the adjustment screw towards “0”makes the unit harder and towards “9” makes it softer.Energy capacity: For Emergency Use Only Applicationsit may be possible to exceed published energy per cycle(W 3 ) figures. Please consult ACE for further details.Materials: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rodhigh tensile steel, hardened and chrome plated. Returnspring zinc plated. To avoid reducing heat dissipation donot paint.Impact velocity range: 0.1 upto 5 m/s.Oil filling: Automatic TransmissionFluid viscosity 42cSt.at 40°C.Mounting: In any position.Operating temperature range:-12°C to +90°C.On request: Special oils, orfor higher or lower impactvelocities outside range shownabove, or other options pleaseconsult ACE.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeAdjustment49

Heavy Duty Industrial Shock Absorbers A 1 1/2Adjustable, not for Use on New InstallationsMounting Options A 1 1/2 . . .Rear Flange -RFront Flange -F76765019 Stroke HubL11021319L2Stroke Hub 10213Clevis Mounting -CFoot Mounting -S10231,8∅19,1∅19,119 L5 min max1615,9 3816L3L4Stroke Hub5118140165∅13Foot Mounting not available on 2“ stroke models.Mechanical Stop: Install Mechanical Stop 2.5 mm to 3 mm before the end of stroke.Dimensions A 1 1/2Type L1 L2 L3 L4 L5A 11/2 x 2 195.2 54.2 - - 277.8 - 328.6A 11/2 x 3 1/2 233 54.2 170 58.6 316.6 - 405.6A 11/2 x 5 271.5 54.2 208 58.6 354.8 - 481.8A 11/2 x 6 1/2 329 73 246 78 412 - 577Capacity ChartTypeStrokemmMax. Energy Capacity Nm**per CycleW3Self-ContainedW4 per Hour***withOil Tank*Effective Weight meOrdering ExampleAdjustableBore Size ø 11/2"Stroke Length 2" = 50.8 mmRear Flange MountingModel Type Prefix:Return ForceNmin maxSpringReturnTimesA 11/2 x 2 RA = self-contained with return spring(This is standard model)AA = air/oil return without return springUse only with external air/oil tankNA = self-contained without return springSA = air/oil retun with return springUse only with external air/oil tankMax.Side-LoadAngleA 11/2 x 2 50 1800 362 000 452 000 195 - 32 000 160 - 210 0.1 5 7.5A 11/2 x 3 1/2 89 3 200 633 000 791000 218 - 36 000 110 - 210 0.25 4 8.9A 11/2 x 5 127 4 500 904 000 1130 000 227 - 41000 90 - 230 0.4 3 10.3A 11/2 x 6 1/2 165 5 900 1180 000 1469 000 308 - 45 000 90 - 430 0.4 2 12* Standard effective weight ranges only shown. Please consult ACE if your application falls outside these for alternative range unit.** For Emergency Use Only applications it may be possible to exceed these max. capacity ratings. Please consult ACE for further details.*** Figures for oil recirculation systems on request°WeightkgIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change50Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

CA 2 and A 2 Series – Heavy Duty ModelsSelf-Compensating and AdjustableMounting Options CA, A . . .Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F∅ 35∅ 17EM100x2Stroke Hub19 19AmaxBmax11114019 ∅ 108 (120)19AmaxBmaxAdjuster – Model A 2 onlyDims. in ( ) for Model A 2 onlyFoot Mounting -SM516036601532 15CDmax∅18160190Adjuster – Model A 2 onlyDimensions of Clevis Mountings available on request.NOTE! For replacement of existing SAHS 2" foot mounted units order the old type foot mounting -S.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeDimensionsTypeCapacity ChartTypeA max B max C D max E2 x 2 313 110 173 125 702 x 4 414 160 224 175 702 x 6 516 211 275 226 702 x 8 643 287 326 302 922 x 10 745 338 377 353 108Stroke **per Cyclemm W3Max. Energy Capacity NmW4 per Hour***Self-ContainedwithAir/Oil TankSoft-1min kg max*Effective Weight me-2min kg max-3min kg maxOrdering ExampleSelf-CompensatingBore Size 2"Stroke Length 4" = 102 mmEffective Weight Range VersionFront Flange MountingModel Type Prefix:-4min kg maxReturn ForceNmin maxSpringReturnTimesMax.Side-LoadAngleCA 2 x 2 50 3 600 1 100 000 1 350 000 700 - 2 200 1 800 - 5 400 4 500 -13 600 11 300 - 34 000 210 - 285 0.25 3 12.8CA 2 x 4 102 7 200 1 350 000 1 700 000 1 400 - 4 400 3 600 -11 000 9 100 -27 200 22 600 - 68 000 150 - 285 0.50 3 14.8CA 2 x 6 152 10 800 1 600 000 2 000 000 2 200 - 6 500 5 400 -16 300 13 600 -40 800 34 000 -102 000 150 - 400 0.60 3 16.9CA 2 x 8 203 14 500 1 900 000 2 400 000 2 900 - 8 700 7 200 -21 700 18 100 -54 400 45 300 -136 000 230 - 650 0.70 3 19.3CA 2 x 10 254 18 000 2 200 000 2 700 000 3 600 -11 000 9 100 -27 200 22 600 -68 000 56 600 -170 000 160 - 460 0.80 3 22.8A 2 x 2 50 3 600 1 100 000 1 350 000 250 - 77 000 210 - 285 0.25 3 14.3A 2 x 4 102 9 000 1 350 000 1 700 000 230 - 72 500 150 - 285 0.50 3 16.7A 2 x 6 152 13 500 1 600 000 2 000 000 260 - 86 000 150 - 400 0.60 3 19.3A 2 x 8 203 19 200 1 900 000 2 400 000 260 - 90 000 230 - 650 0.70 3 22.3A 2 x 10 254 23 700 2 200 000 2 700 000 320 - 113 000 160 - 460 0.80 3 26.3* Standard effective weight ranges only shown. Please consult ACE if your application falls outside these for alternative range unit.** For Emergency Use Only applications it may be possible to exceed these max. capacity ratings. Please consult ACE for further details.*** Figures for oil recirculation systems on requestHardCA 2 x 4-3 FA, CA = self-contained with return springAA, CAA = air/oil return without return springUse only with external air/oil tankNA, CNA = self-contained without return springSA, CSA = air/oil retun with return springUse only with external air/oil tank°WeightkgStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 51

CA 3 and A 3 Series – Heavy Duty ModelsSelf-Compensating and AdjustableMounting Options CA, A . . .Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F∅ 45∅ 1752Stroke Hub112124152M130x225 25AmaxBmax136,516525 ∅ 140 (155)25AmaxBmaxAdjuster – Model A 3 onlyDims. in ( ) for Model A 3 onlyFoot Mounting -SM8044802545 25CDmax∅ 17216254Dimensions of Clevis Mountings available on request.NOTE! For replacement of existing SAHS 3" foot mounted units please consult ACE.SAHS 3" and AHS 3" Interchange dimensions to orderAdjuster – Model A 3 onlyDimensionsTypeCapacity ChartTypeA max B max C D max3 x 5 502 210 260 2163 x 8 641 286 337 2923 x 12 890 433 438 439Stroke **per Cyclemm W3Max. Energy Capacity Nmmax. Max.Side-Load AchsabweichungAngle Gewicht WeightkgW4 per Hour***Self- withContained Air/Oil TankSoft-1min kg max*Effective Weight me-2min kg max-3min kg maxOrdering ExampleAdjustableBore Size 3"Stroke Length 8" = 203 mmRear Flange MountingModel Type Prefix:-4min kg maxReturn ForceNmin maxSpringReturnTimesCA 3 x 5 127 14 125 2 260 000 2 800 000 2 900 - 8 700 7 250 -21 700 18 100 - 54 350 45 300 -135 900 270 - 710 0.60 3 28.9CA 3 x 8 203 22 600 3 600 000 4 520 000 4 650 -13 900 11 600 -34 800 29 000 - 87000 72 500 -217 000 280 - 740 0.80 3 33.4CA 3 x 12 305 33 900 5 400 000 6 780 000 6 950 -20 900 17 400 -52 200 43 500 -130450 108 700 -326 000 270 - 730 1.20 3 40.6A 3 x 5 127 15 800 2 260 000 2 800 000 480 -154 000 270 - 710 0.60 3 32.7A 3 x 8 203 28 200 3 600 000 4 520 000 540 -181 500 280 - 740 0.80 3 38.5A 3 x 12 305 44 000 5 400 000 6 780 000 610 -204 000 270 - 730 1.20 3 47.6* Standard effective weight ranges only shown. Please consult ACE if your application falls outside these for alternative range unit.** For Emergency Use Only applications it may be possible to exceed these max. capacity ratings. Please consult ACE for further details.*** Figures for oil recirculation systems on requestHard°A 3 x 8 RA, CA = self-contained with return springAA, CAA = air/oil return without return springUse only with external air/oil tankNA, CNA = self-contained without return springSA, CSA = air/oil retun with return springUse only with external air/oil tankIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change52Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Heavy Duty Industrial Shock Absorbers CA 4Self-CompensatingPart Number CA, . . .Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F∅ 54 (63,5)11438 ∅ 190A maxFigures in ( ) for Type CA 4x16B max2032542738C maxD max203254276 Tapped Holes (Primary Mounting) -FRP Side Foot Mounting -S53∅ 1620102 NPT 101 1/2''C maxB max1596 x 60°Gewinde Thread5/8''-18 5/8"-18 UNF∅ 272222 EF max16520411470Dimensions of Clevis Mountings available on request.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeDimensions CA and CSAType A B C D E F4 x 6 716 278 678 240 444 2564 x 8 818 329 780 291 495 3074 x 16 1 300 607 1 261 569 698 585Dimensions CAAType A B C D E F4 x 6 666 228 628 190 444 2064 x 8 767 278 729 240 495 2564 x 16 1 174 482 1 136 444 698 460Capacity ChartOrdering ExampleSelf-CompensatingBore Size Ø 4"Stroke Length 8" = 203 mmMedium Effective Weight VersionRear Flange MountingModel Type Prefix:CA 4 x 8-5 RCA = self-contained with return spring(This is standard model)CAA = air/oil return without return springUse only with air/oil tank for high energycapacity per hour figuresCNA = self-contained without return springCSA = air/oil return with return springUse only with air/oil tankMax. Energy Capacity Nm*Effective Weight meRod max.W4 per Hour Soft Medium Hard Return Force Reset AchsabweichungTime Gewicht kgWeightType Stroke **per Cycle Self- with Air/ with Oil -3 -5 -7 Nmm W3 Contained Oil Tank Recirculation min kg max min kg max min kg max min max skg° FRP4 x 6 152 47 500 3 000 000 5 100 000 6 600 000 3 500 - 8 600 8 600 - 18 600 18 600 - 42 700 480 - 1 000 1,8 604 x 8 203 63 300 3 400 000 5 600 000 7 300 000 5 000 - 11 400 11 400 - 25 000 25 000 - 57 000 310 - 1 000 2,3 684 x 16 406 126 500 5 600 000 9 600 000 12 400 000 10 000 - 23 000 23 000 - 50 000 50 000 - 115 000 310 - 1 000 a. A. 170* The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order.** For Emergency Use Only applications it is sometimes possible to exceed the above ratings. Please consult ACE for further details.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 53

Installation Examples5412ACE Shock absorbers forpneumatic cylindersFor: • optimum deceleration• higher speeds• smaller cylinders• reduced air consumption• smaller valves and pipeworkExample: MA 3350 M-Z-Z = cylinder mountingSide load adapter for highside load anglesSeal with Teflontape or sealantStroke sWith heavy loads or high velocitiesnormal cylinder cushions are oftenoverloaded. This causes shock loadingleading to premature cylinder failureor excessive maintenance. Usingoversized cylinders to withstand thisshock loading is not the best solutionsince this considerably increases airconsumption and costs.The side loading is removed fromthe shock absorber piston rod leadingto considerably longer life.Wherever possible mount shockabsorber so that impacting face isperpendicular to shock absorberaxis half way through stroke.See pages 31 and 33 for more details.3Undamped free travel withdamped end position3Free travelThe lever 1 swings with the pin 2 ina slotted hole around pivot point 3.The lever is smoothly decelerated atthe extreme end of its travel.214One shock absorberfor both ends of travelPivot point of leverIt is possible to use only one shockabsorber for both end positions byusing different pivot points as shown.Tip: Leave approx. 1.5 mm of shockabsorber stroke free at each end oftravel.Shock absorber strokeShock absorber stroke56Double acting shock absorberAir bleed collarWith a little additional work a normalunidirectional shock absorber can beconverted to work in 2 directions byusing a mechanism as shown.By using this Air Bleed adaptor theoperating lifetime of shock absorbersin aggressive environments can beconsiderably increased.The adapter protects the shockabsorber seals from cutting fluids,cleaning agents, cooking oils etc.by using a low pressure air bleed.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeFor more details see page 32.54Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Installation Examples7Double stroke length50 % lower reaction force (Q)50 % lower deceleration (a)StrokeBy driving 2 shock absorbersagainst one another ’nose-to-nose’,the effective stroke length can bedoubled.8Ride over latch8.1 8.28.1 The latch absorbs the kineticenergy so that the object contactsthe fixed stop gently.8.2 The latch absorbs the rotationalenergy of the turntable etc. The turntablecan then be held in the datumposition with a lock bolt or similar.559Rotary actuatoror rack and piniondriveThe use of ACE shock absorbersallows higher operating speeds andweights as well as protecting thedrive mechanism and housing fromshock loads.10Adjustable stop clampe.g. for handling equipmentThe gentle deceleration of ACEshock absorbers makes the use ofadjustable stop clamps possible andremoves any chance of the clampslipping. The kinetic energy is completelyremoved before the mechanicalstop is reached thus making highindex speeds possible.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change1112Ride-over latche.g. firedoorIncreasing stroke length mechanicallySafety travel(preventstrapping)The fire door travels quickly until itreaches the lever. It is then gentlydecelerated by the lever mountedshock absorber and closes withoutshock or danger to personnel.By means of a lever the effectivestroke length can be increased andmounting space to the left reduced.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 55

Safety Shock Absorbers SCS-33 to 6456Based on the innovative design conceptsof the MAGNUM range, ACE introducesthe SCS-33 to SCS-64 seriesof safety shock absorbers.Designed to provide machine protectionin an emergency runaway situation theSCS-33 to SCS-64 series provide a costeffective method of protecting vitalmachinery in emergency stop situations.Specially optimised orificing designprovides extremely high capacity in acompact envelope size making themideal for safety critical applicationson portal gantry systems, automatictransfer machines and robot systemswhere an emergency runaway couldotherwise result in expensive damageor danger. With up to 300% highercapacity than other shock absorberdesigns the new SCS-33 to 64 rangeprovides true linear decelerationprotecting vital equipment at anaffordable cost. Optional rodsensor available for indicatingthe complete retraction ofthe piston rod.Main BearingIntegrated Positive StopFully Threaded Outer BodyMembrane AccumulatorPistonPiston RingOne Piece Pressure Chamberwith Optimised Metering Orificesto Suit Specific ApplicationHeavy DutyOne-PieceSteelOuter BodyUniqueIdentificationCodeNumberImpact velocity range: on request.Oil filling: Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) 42cSt.Material: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rod:high tensile steel chrome plated. Rod button: hardenedsteel with black oxide finish.Return spring: zinc plated.Mounting: in any position.Temperature range:-12°C to 70°C. Higher temperatureson request.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change56

Safety Shock Absorber SCS-33Part Number SCS-33 . . .Anschlag Positive StopNM 33 QF 336,6M33x1,5BA max∅ 30Stroke Hub∅ 256,5∅39,63244KlemmschlitzSlotClampingBreite Thick10 mmBasic UnitLocking RingSquare FlangeInstall with 4 machine screws withTightening torque: 11 NmClamping torque: > 90 NmS 33AH 3385640∅332010Cmaxmin20Side Foot Mounting KitS 33 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws M6x40, DIN 912D8M642Tightening torque 11 Nm (Screws)Clamping torque > 90 Nm∅383341Stop Collarfor propelling forceshigher than 55 kN57Ordering ExampleSafety Shock AbsorberThread Size M33Max. Stroke without Positive Stop 50 mmMounting Style: FootIdentification No. (assigned by ACE)SCS-33-50-S-DxxxxComplete Details Required when Ordering:Moving Load m (kg)Emergency Impact Speed v (m/s) max.Normal Speed vs (m/s) min.Motor Power P (kW)Stall Torque Factor HM (normal 2.5)Number of Absorbers in Parallel nIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeTechnical DataEnergy capacity W 3 : At max. side load angle do notexceed 80% of rated max. energy capacity below.Return spring force: 45 to 135 N.Operating temperature range: -12°C to 70°C.Impact cycles per hour: Emergency use only.Dimensions and Capacity Chartor technical data according to formulae and calculationson page 13 to 15.In creep speed the shock absorber can be pushed throughits stroke.In creep speed conditions the shock absorber providesminimal resistance and there is no braking effect.Calculation: For further details of calculation and selectionplease consult ACE.The calculation and selection of the correct ACE SafetyShock Absorber for your application should be referred toACE for approval and assignment of unique identificationnumber.Max. Energy Capacity per Cycle Max. SideModel StrokeStandardOptimised Version Load Angle WeightPart Number mm A max B C min C max DW3 max NmW3 max Nm°kgSCS-33-25 23 138 83 25 60 68 310 500 3 0.45SCS-33-50 48.5 189 108 32 86 93 620 950 2 0.54NOTE: Hydroshock super high capacity version available at additional cost.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 57

Safety Shock Absorber SCS-45Part Number SCS-45 . . .Anschlag Positive StopNM 45 QF 459M45x1,5BA max∅ 42Stroke Hub∅ 359,5∅55,64256KlemmschlitzSlotClampingBreite Thick12 mmBasic UnitLocking RingSquare FlangeInstall with 4 machine screws withTightening torque: 27 NmClamping torque: > 200 NmS 45AH 45581680∅425612,5Cmaxmin25D1028M860∅5727,539,5Side Foot Mounting KitS 45 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws M8x50, DIN 912Tightening torque 27 Nm (Screws)Clamping torque > 350 NmStop Collarfor propelling forceshigher than 90 kNOrdering ExampleSafety Shock AbsorberThread Size M45Max. Stroke without Positive Stop 75 mmMounting Style: FootIdentification No. (assigned by ACE)SCS-45-75-S-DxxxxComplete Details Required when Ordering:Moving Load m (kg)Emergency Impact Speed v (m/s) max.Normal Speed vs (m/s) min.Motor Power P (kW)Stall Torque Factor HM (normal 2.5)Number of Absorbers in Parallel nTechnical DataEnergy capacity W 3 : At max. side load angle do notexceed 80% of rated max. energy capacity below.Return spring force: 50 to 180 N.Operating temperature range: -12°C to 70°C.Impact cycles per hour: Emergency use only.Dimensions and Capacity Chartor technical data according to formulae and calculationson page 13 to 15.In creep speed the shock absorber can be pushed throughits stroke.In creep speed conditions the shock absorber providesminimal resistance and there is no braking effect.Calculation: For further details of calculation and selectionplease consult ACE.The calculation and selection of the correct ACE SafetyShock Absorber for your application should be referred toACE for approval and assignment of unique identificationnumber.Max. Energy Capacity per Cycle Max. SideModel StrokeStandardOptimised Version Load Angle WeightPart Number mm A max B C min C max D W3 max. NmW3 max. Nm °kgSCS-45-25 23 145 95 32 66 66 680 1 200 3 1.13SCS-45-50 48.5 195 120 40 92 91 1360 2 350 2 1.36SCS-45-75 74 246 145 50 118 116 2 040 3 500 1 1.59Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeNOTE: Hydroshock super high capacity version available at additional cost.58Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Safety Shock Absorber SCS-64Part Number SCS-64 . . .Anschlag Positive StopNM 64 QF 6411M64x2B∅ 60 Stroke HubA maxNote: 150 Bei mm einem stroke Hub model von 150 does mm not entfällt include die Stop Anschlaghülse. Collar andpositive stop Festanschlag is provided durch by the Aufprallkopf rod button (60 which mm) realisiert.60 mm dia.Basic Unit∅ 489,5∅76Locking RingClamping KlemmschlitzSlotBreite Thick5816 mm80Square FlangeS 64Install with 4 machine screws withTightening torque: 50 NmClamping torque: > 210 NmAH 641210080∅6112,5Cmaxmin25Side Foot Mounting KitS 645 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws M10x80, DIN 912D1240M1078Tightening torque 50 Nm (Screws)Clamping torque > 350 Nm∅7650Stop Collarfor propelling forceshigher than 140 kN59Ordering ExampleSafety Shock AbsorberThread Size M64Max. Stroke without Positive Stop 50 mmMounting Style: FootIdentification No. (assigned by ACE)SCS-64-50-S-DxxxxComplete Details Required when Ordering:Moving Load m (kg)Emergency Impact Speed v (m/s) max.Normal Speed vs (m/s) min.Motor Power P (kW)Stall Torque Factor HM (normal 2.5)Number of Absorbers in Parallel nIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeTechnical DataEnergy capacity W 3 : At max. side load angle do notexceed 80% of rated max. energy capacity below.Return spring force: 75 to 365 N.Operating temperature range: -12°C to 70°C.Impact cycles per hour: Emergency use only.Dimensions and Capacity Chartor technical data according to formulae and calculationson page 13 to 15.In creep speed the shock absorber can be pushed throughits stroke.In creep speed conditions the shock absorber providesminimal resistance and there is no braking effect.Calculation: For further details of calculation and selectionplease consult ACE.The calculation and selection of the correct ACE SafetyShock Absorber for your application should be referred toACE for approval and assignment of unique identificationnumber.Max. Energy Capacity per Cycle Max. SideModelStrokeStandardOptimised Version Load Angle WeightPart Number mm A max B C min C max D W3 max. NmW3 max. Nm°kgSCS-64-50 48.5 225 140 50 112 100 3 400 6 000 3 2.90SCS-64-100 99.5 326 191 64 162 152 6 800 12 000 2 3.70SCS-64-150 150 450 241 80 212 226 10 200 18 000 1 5.10NOTE: Hydroshock super high capacity version available at additional cost.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 59

Stacker Crane Shock Absorbers SCS-38 to 6360ACE Stacker Crane Shock Absorbersare self-contained and maintenancefree and are designed for emergencydeceleration of equipment such asautomated storage and retrieval systems.During normal operation theyprovide only minimal resistance butunder a higher speed emergency impactthey provide smooth controlleddeceleration thus preventing equipmentdamage.The SCS Series units are availablewith operating strokes up to 1200 mmand are specially orificed to provide asmooth constant deceleration throughouttheir complete stroke length. Theinternal hydraulic pressure and thusthe braking force, is maintained at aconstant safe level to bring the fastmoving load gently to rest in an emergency.Optional rod sensor availablefor indicating the complete extensionof the piston rod.Rod ButtonPiston RodPositive StopMain BearingGas ChamberBladder AccumulatorOuter BodyPressure ChamberMetering Orifices60In the normal “ready” condition the piston rod is fullyextended. When the impacting load strikes the absorberthe hydraulic oil behind the piston is forced out througha series of metering orifices. The number of meteringorifices in action reduces proportionally though the strokeand the load velocity is thereby smoothly reduced to zero.The internal pressure and thusthe reaction force (Q) remainsconstant throughout the entirestroke length. The displaced oilis stored in the bladder accumulator.The integrated gas chamber,containing low pressurenitrogen, provides the returnforce to reset the rod to its extendedposition and functionsas an accumulator for thehydraulic oil displaced duringoperation.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Stacker Crane Shock Absorber SCS-38Part Number SCS-38 . . .Rear Flange -RFront Flange -F∅1819∅ 10819M100x2∅ 351919∅ 51120160BAmaxStroke Hub15BAmaxStroke Hub15Side Foot Mounting -S60∅18323260 3616019015DAmaxStroke HubEmax15Ordering ExampleStacker Crane Shock AbsorberBore Size ø 38 mmStroke 400 mmMounting Style: Front FlangeIdentification No. (assigned by ACE)SCS-38-400-F-XComplete Details Required when Ordering:Moving Load m (kg)Full Load Speed v (m/s) min./max.Creep Speed vs (m/s) max.Motor Power P (kW)Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5)Number of Absorbers in parallel nor technical data according to formulae and calculationson page 13 to 15.61Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeTechnical DataImpact velocity range v: 0.9 to 4.6 m/s.Reaction force Q: at max. capacity rating = 80 kN max.Energy capacity W 3 : At max. side load angle do notexceed 80 % of rated max. energy capacity below.Return force: 0.6 to 0.7 kN.Filling pressure: approx. 2 bar.Operating temperature range: -12°C to 66°C(For lower temperatures please consult ACE).Dimensions and Capacity ChartIn Creep Speed: The shock absorber can be pushedthrough its stroke.In creep speed conditions the shock absorber providesminimal resistance and there is no braking effect.Calculation: For further details of calculation and selectionplease consult ACE.The calculation and selection of the correct ACE StackerCrane Shock Absorber for your application should bereferred to ACE for approval and assignment of uniqueidentification number.Max. Energy Capacity per Cycle Max. Side Load Angle Weight kgModel StrokeMounting Style Mounting StylePart Number mm A B D EW3 max. kNmF & S RF & R SSCS-38-50 50 270 205 175 80 3.6 5 4 12 13SCS-38-100 100 370 255 225 132 7.2 5 4 14 15SCS-38-150 150 470 305 275 180 10.8 5 4 16 17SCS-38-200 200 570 355 325 230 14.4 5 4 18 19SCS-38-250 250 670 405 375 280 18 4.7 3.7 20 21SCS-38-300 300 785 470 440 330 21.6 3.9 2.9 22 23SCS-38-350 350 885 520 490 380 25.2 3.4 2.4 24 25SCS-38-400 400 1 000 585 555 430 28.8 3 2 26 27SCS-38-500 500 1 215 700 670 530 36 2.4 1.4 30 31SCS-38-600 600 1 430 815 785 630 43.2 1.9 0.9 34 35SCS-38-700 700 1 645 930 900 730 50.4 1.6 0.6 38 39SCS-38-800 800 1 860 1 045 1 015 830 57.6 1.3 0.3 43 44For other stroke lengths, special options (such as higher or lower impact velocity etc.), please consult ACE.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 61

Stacker Crane Shock Absorber SCS-50Part Number SCS-50 . . .Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F∅1819∅ 13019M120x2∅ 451919∅70140180BAmaxStroke Hub20BAmaxStroke Hub20Side Foot Mounting -S627272 40190225∅223517,5DAmax35Stroke HubEmax20Ordering ExampleStacker Crane Shock AbsorberBore Size ø 50 mmStroke 400 mmMounting Style: Front FlangeIdentification No. (assigned by ACE)SCS-50-400-F-XComplete Details Required when Ordering:Moving Load m (kg)Full Load Speed v (m/s) min./max.Creep Speed vs (m/s) max.Motor Power P (kW)Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5)Number of Absorbers in Parallel nor technical data according to formulae and calculationson page 13 to 15.Technical DataImpact velocity range v: 0.6 to 4.6 m/s.Reaction force Q: At max. capacity rating = 160 kN max.Energy capacity W 3 : At max side load angle do not exceed80 % of rated max.energy capacity below.Return force: 1.0 to 1.2 kN.Filling pressure: Approx. 2 bar.Operating temperature range: -12°C to 66°C.(For lower temperatures please consult ACE).Dimensions and Capacity ChartIn creep speed: The shock absorber can be pushedthrough its stroke.In creep speed conditions the shock absorber providesminimal resistance and there is no braking effect.Calculation: For further details of calculation and selectionplease consult ACE.The calculation and selection of the correct ACE StackerCrane Shock Absorber for your application should bereferred to ACE for approval and assignment of uniqueidentification number.Max. Energy Capacity per Cycle Max. Side Load Angle Weight kgModel StrokeMounting Style Mounting StylePart Number mm A B D EW3 max. kNmF & S R F & R SSCS-50-100 100 390 270 235 138 14 5 4 22 23SCS-50-150 150 490 320 285 188 21 5 4 25 26SCS-50-200 200 590 370 335 238 28 5 4 27 28SCS-50-250 250 690 420 385 288 35 4.5 3.5 30 31SCS-50-300 300 805 485 450 338 42 3.8 2.8 33 34SCS-50-350 350 905 535 500 388 49 3.3 2.3 35 37SCS-50-400 400 1 020 600 565 438 56 2.9 1.9 38 40SCS-50-500 500 1 235 715 680 538 70 2.3 1.3 44 45SCS-50-600 600 1 450 830 795 638 84 1.9 0.9 50 51SCS-50-700 700 1 665 945 910 738 98 1.6 0.6 55 57SCS-50-800 800 1 880 1 060 1 025 838 112 1.3 0.3 61 63SCS-50-1000 1 000 2 310 1 290 1 255 1 038 140 1 - 72 74For other stroke lengths, special options (such as higher or lower impact velocity etc.), please consult ACE.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change62Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Stacker Crane Shock Absorber SCS-63Part Number SCS-63 . . .Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F∅1825∅ 14025M130x2∅ 542525∅ 83160200BAmaxStroke Hub20BAmaxStroke Hub20Side Foot Mounting -S80∅27454580 4421025422,5DAmaxStroke HubEmax20Ordering ExampleStacker Crane Shock AbsorberBore Size ø 63 mmStroke 400 mmMounting Style: Front FlangeIdentification No. (assigned by ACE)SCS-63-400-F-XComplete Details Required when Ordering:Moving Load m (kg)Full Load Speed v (m/s) min./max.Creep Speed vs (m/s) max.Motor Power P (kW)Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5)Number of Absorbers in Parallel nor technical data according to formulae and calculationson page 13 to 15.63Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeTechnical DataImpact velocity range v: 0.5 to 4.6 m/s.Reaction force Q: At max capacity rating = 210 kN max.Energy capacity W 3 : at max. side load angle do not exceed80 % of rated max. energy capacity below.Return force: 1.5 to 2.5 kN.Filling pressure: Approx. 2 bar.Operating temperature range: -12°C to +66°C.(For lower temperatures please consult ACE).Dimensions and Capacity ChartIn creep speed: The shock absorber can be pushed throughits stroke.In creep speed conditions the shock absorber providesminimal resistance and there is no braking effect.Calculation: For further details of calculation and selectionplease consult ACE.The calculation and selection of the correct ACE StackerCrane Shock Absorber for your application should bereferred to ACE for approval and assignment of uniqueidentification number.Max. Energy Capacity per Cycle Max. Side Load Angle Weight kgModel StrokeMounting Style Mounting StylePart Number mm A B D EW3 max. kNmF & S R F & R SSCS-63-100 100 405 285 240 143 18 5 4 29 32SCS-63-150 150 505 335 290 193 27 5 4 32 35SCS-63-200 200 605 385 340 243 36 5 4 35 38SCS-63-250 250 705 435 390 293 45 5 4 38 42SCS-63-300 300 805 485 440 343 54 5 4 41 45SCS-63-350 350 925 555 510 393 63 5 4 45 49SCS-63-400 400 1 025 605 560 443 72 5 4 48 52SCS-63-500 500 1 245 725 680 543 90 4.2 3.2 55 60SCS-63-600 600 1 445 825 780 643 108 3.4 2.4 62 66SCS-63-700 700 1 665 945 900 746 126 2.9 1.9 69 73SCS-63-800 800 1 865 1 045 1 000 843 144 2.5 1.5 75 79SCS-63-1000 1 000 2 285 1 265 1 220 1 043 180 1.9 0.9 89 93SCS-63-1200 1 200 2 705 1 485 1 440 1 243 216 1.4 0.4 102 106For other stroke lengths, special options (such as higher or lower impact velocity etc.), please consult ACE.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 63

Industrial Crane Buffers CB-63 to 16064ACE Industrial Crane Buffers are selfcontained,maintenance free and aredesigned for the emergency decelerationof heavy industrial cranes. Theprimary oil seals are protected insidethe main body and only a wiper seal isnecessary on the piston rod. Dirt orcontamination on the piston rod doesnot cause oil leakage or failure as isoften the case with conventional buffers.The integrated gas chamberenables the CB Series crane buffers toprovide return forces of up to 63 kN.This high return force is necessary formultiple – bridge cranes where thebuffers must separate the bridges afteran emergency collision. Normal bufferswould remain compressed aftersuch a collision and would not becapable of accepting further impacts.The robust, large dimensioned pistonrod bearing system, is designed forvery heavy duty use and is equivalentto that used in other buffers 80 %larger in size. The CB series units arecustom orificed to suit your specificapplication and provide a smooth constantdeceleration throughout theircomplete stroke length.Positive StopRod WiperRod ButtonPiston TubeGas ChamberMounting FlangeSeparator PistonSealsPistonHydraulic OilMetering OrificesPressure Chamber64In the normal “ready” condition the piston rod is fullyextended. When the impacting load strikes the buffer thehydraulic oil behind the piston is forced through a seriesof metering orifices. The number of metering orifices inaction reduces proportionally through the stroke and theload velocity is thereby smoothlyreduced to zero. The internalpressure and thus the reactionforce (Q) remains constantthroughout the entire strokelength. The displaced oil isstored in the piston accumulator.The integrated gas chamber,containing low pressurenitrogen, provides the returnforce to reset the rod to itsextended position and functionsas an accumulator for thehydraulic oil displaced duringoperation.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Industrial Crane Buffer CB-63Part Number CB-63 . . .Front Flange -F Rear Flange -RM90x2 ∅ 95 ∅ 80 ∅ 95 ∅ 60 ∅ 95∅ 165194119AmaxStroke HubC32BAmaxStroke Hub∅18∅ 135Ordering ExampleCrane BufferBore Size ø 63 mmStroke 400 mmMounting Style: Front FlangeIdentification No. (assigned by ACE)CB-63-400-F-XComplete Details Required when Ordering:Moving Load m (kg)Full Load Speed v (m/s) min./max.Creep Speed vs (m/s) max.Motor Power P (kW)Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5)Number of Buffers in Parallel nor technical data according to formulae and calculationson page 13 to 15.65Technical DataImpact velocity range v: 0.5 to 4.6 m/s.Reaction force Q: At max. capacity rating = 187 kN. max.Operating temperature range: -12°C to +66°C.(For lower temperatures please consult ACE).Materials: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rodhard chrome plated.In creep speed: It is possible to use up to approx. 60 %of the buffer stroke.The initial fill pressure governs the rod return force.The calculation and selection of the correct ACE CraneBuffer for your application should be referred to ACE forapproval and assignment of unique identification number.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeDimensions and Capacity ChartModelStrokeA B CPiston RodReturn Forcemin. (kN) max.Max. Energy Capacityper CycleW3 (kNm)Effective Weightme (kg)*Max. SideLoad Angle(°)mmCB-63-100 100 420 288 192 1.5 16 16 900 - 128 000 3.5 12.7CB-63-200 200 700 468 292 1.5 21 32 1 800 - 256 000 3 16.7CB-63-300 300 980 648 392 1.5 24 48 2 700 - 384 000 2.5 20.8CB-63-400 400 1 260 828 492 1.5 25 64 3 700 - 512 000 2 24.8CB-63-500 500 1 540 1 008 592 1.5 26 80 4 700 - 640 000 1.5 28.8* The correct effective weight range for your application will be calculated by ACE and should fall within this band.Special options: Special oils, Special flanges, additional corrosion protection etc. available on request.Weight(kg)Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 65

Industrial Crane Buffer CB-100Part Number CB-100 . . .Front Flange -F Rear Flange -RM130x2 ∅ 140 ∅ 120 ∅ 140 ∅ 98 ∅ 140∅ 255255625AmaxStroke HubC40BAmaxStroke Hub∅ 23∅ 21066Ordering ExampleCrane BufferBore Size ø 100 mmStroke 400 mmMounting Style: Front FlangeIdentification No. (assigned by ACE)CB-100-400-F-XComplete Details Required when Ordering:Moving Load m (kg)Full Load Speed v (m/s) min./max.Creep Speed vs (m/s) max.Motor Power P (kW)Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5)Number of Buffers in Parallel nor technical data according to formulae and calculationson page 13 to 15.Technical DataImpact velocity range v: 0.5 to 4.6 m/s.Reaction force Q: At max. capacity rating = 467 kN.Operating temperature range: -12°C to +66°C.(For lower temperatures please consult ACE).Materials: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rodhard chrome plated.In creep speed: It is possible to use up to approx. 60 %of the buffer stroke.The initial fill pressure governs the rod return force.The calculation and selection of the correct ACE CraneBuffer for your application should be referred to ACE forapproval and assignment of unique identification number.Dimensions and Capacity ChartTypeStrokemmA B CPiston RodReturn Forcemin. (kN) max.Max. Energy Capacityper CycleW3 (kNm)Effective Weightme (kg)*Max. SideLoad Angle(°)CB-100-200 200 735 495 320 3.9 40 80 6 900 - 640 000 4 42.5CB-100-300 300 1 005 665 420 3.9 50 120 10 300 - 960 000 3.5 50.8CB-100-400 400 1 275 835 520 3.9 57 160 13 800 - 1 280 000 3 59.1CB-100-500 500 1 545 1 005 620 3.9 63 200 17 200 - 1 600 000 2.5 67.5CB-100-600 600 1 815 1 175 720 3.9 68 240 20 700 - 1 920 000 2 75.8* The correct effective weight range for your application will be calculated by ACE and should fall within this band.Special options: Special oils, Special flanges, additional corrosion protection etc. available on request.Weight(kg)Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change66Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Industrial Crane Buffer CB-160Part Number CB-160 . . .Front Flange -F Rear Flange -RM210x2 ∅ 230 ∅ 178 ∅ 230 ∅ 152 ∅ 230∅ 3503810338AmaxStroke HubC60BAmaxStroke Hub∅ 27 6 x 60°∅ 295Ordering ExampleCrane BufferBore Size ø 160 mmStroke 400 mmMounting Style: Front FlangeIdentification No. (assigned by ACE)CB-160-400-F-XComplete Details Required when Ordering:Moving Load m (kg)Full Load Speed v (m/s) min./max.Creep Speed vs (m/s) max.Motor Power P (kW)Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5)Number of Buffers in Parallel nor technical data according to formulae and calculationson page 13 to 15.67Technical DataImpact velocity range v: 0.5 to 4.6 m/s.Reaction force Q: At max. capacity rating = 700 kN.Operating temperature range: -12°C to +66°C .(For lower temperatures please consult ACE).Materials: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rodhard chrome plated.In creep speed: It is possible to use up to approx. 60 %of the buffer stroke.The initial fill pressure governs the rod return force.The calculation and selection of the correct ACE CraneBuffer for your application should be referred to ACE forapproval and assignment of unique identification number.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeDimensions and Capacity ChartTypeStrokemmA B CPiston RodReturn Forcemin. (kN) max.Max. Energy Capacityper CycleW3 (kNm)Effective Weightme (kg)*Max. SideLoad Angle(°)CB-160-400 400 1 400 940 600 9.6 63 240 22 700 - 1 920 000 4 155CB-160-600 600 2 000 1 340 800 9.6 63 360 34 000 - 2 880 000 3 188CB-160-800 800 2 600 1 740 1 000 9.6 63 480 45 400 - 3 840 000 2 221* The correct effective weight range for your application will be calculated by ACE and should fall within this band.Special options: Special oils, Special flanges, additional corrosion protection etc. available on request.Weight(kg)Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 67

Safety Shock AbsorbersManualManual and Maintenance Instructions for Safety Shock Absorbers Type SCS and CB68ACE security shock absorbers are high-quality products.To achieve long-lasting and trouble free operating lifeplease read the following instructions before installation.Inner Pressure Tube CharacteristicsThe inner pressure tube is individually designed andmanufactured for each specific application.When several safety shock absorbers of the same size butwith different metering orifice patterns are used in onesystem it is important that the mounting positions are notmixed up. Safety shock absorbers have individuallydesigned orifice patterns depending upon application andtherefore must only be installed in correct position.The calculation and selection of the correct safety shockabsorbers should be performed or checked by ACE.MountingTo mount the shock absorber, we recommend the use oforiginal ACE mounting accessories shown in catalogue.The mounting of each shock absorber must be exactly positionedso that the reaction force (Q) can be adequatelytransmitted into the mounting structure.ACE recommends installation via the front flange – Fmounting style that ensures the maximum protectionagainst buckling.The damper must be mounted so that the moving loadsare decelerated with the least possible side loading to thepiston rod. The maximum permissable side load anglesare detailed in our current catalogue.The entire stroke length must be used for decelerationbecause only using part of the stroke can lead to overstressingand damage to the unit.Mounting style front flange – FSafety Shock Absorber SCSSafety Shock Absorber CBEnvironmental RequirementsThe permissible temperature range for each shockabsorber type can be found in our current catalogue.CAUTION: Useage outside the specified temperaturerange can lead to premature breakdown and damage ofof the shock absorbers which can then result in severesystem damage or machine failures.Trouble free operation outdoors or in damp environmentsis only warranted if the dampers are coated with a specificcorrosion protection finish.Initial Start-Up ChecksFirst impacts on the shock absorber should only be triedafter correctly mounting and with reduced impact speedsand – if possible – with reduced load. Differences betweencalculated and actual operating data can then be detectedearly on, and damage to your system can be avoided. Ifthe shock absorbers were selected on calculated data thatdoes not correspond to the maximum possible loading(i.e. selection based on drive power being switched off orat reduced impact speed) then these restricted impactconditions must not be exceeded during initial testing orsubsequent use of the system. Otherwise you risk damagingthe shock absorbers and/or your machine by overstressingmaterials. After the initial trial check that thepiston rod fully extends again and that there are no signsof oil leakage. Also check that the mounting hardware isstill securely tightened up.You need to satisfy yourself that no damage has occurredto the piston rod or the body or the mounting hardware.Fixed Mechanical StopSafety shock absorbers do not need an external mechanicalstop. The stroke of the safety shock absorber is limitedby the contact of the rod end button onto the front body ofthe shock absorber (with type SCS 33 to SCS 64 by theload contacting the integral or additional stop collar).What Needs to be Checked after a Full Load Impact?Safety shock absorbers that were originally checked onlyat reduced speed or load need to be checked again after afull load impact (i.e. Emergency use) has occurred.Check that the piston rod fully extends to it's full out position,that there are no signs of oil leakage and that themounting hardware is still securely fixed.You need to satisfy yourself that no damage has occurredto the piston rod or the body or the mounting hardware.If no damage has occurred, the safety shock absorber canbe put back into normal operation (see initial start-up).MaintenanceSafety shock absorbers are sealed systems and do notneed special maintenance. Safety shock absorbers that arenot used regularly (i.e. that are intended for Emergencystop systems) should be checked within the normal timeframe for safety checks, but at least once a year. At thistime special attention must be paid to checking that thepiston rod resets to its fully extended position, that thereis no oil leakage and that the mounting brackets are stillsecure and undamaged. The piston rod must not showany signs of damage. Safety shock absorbers that are inuse regularly should be checked every three months.Repair NoticeIf any damage to the shock absorber is detected or if thereare any doubts as to the proper functioning of the unitplease send the unit for service to ACE. Alternatively contactyour local ACE office for further advice.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change68Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Safety Shock AbsorbersApplication ExamplesACE Safety Shock Absorbers protect precision assemblyjigs for the aircraft industry.The basic mount of this coordinate measuring machinefor the production of parts in the aircraft industry ismade of granite and must not be damaged. To avoiddamage from operating errors or mishandling, allmovement axes were equipped with safety shockabsorbers of the type SCS-45-50.If the turntables malfunction the safety shock absorbersdecelerate the loads before expensive damage canoccur to the granite measuring tables.Controlled emergency stop69Optimally protected turntableACE Safety Shock Absorbers speed up the manufacturingof caravans.In this production of caravan side panels made of compoundmaterials, two complete production pieces aretransported towards two portals with spindle-heads.The installed safety shock absorbers type SCS-45-75prevent the 5 500 kg load with speeds of up to 60 m/minnosediving into the valuable machine in case of a crash.In comparison to its predecessor, the safety featuresof the SCS-45-75 protect the machine structure moreeffectively and allow for faster processing times.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeSecured manufacturingSafety shock absorbers attached to the moveable part ofthe production lineStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 69

TUBUS-Series Type TAProfile Damper Axial Damping70The Profile Damper Type TA fromthe innovative ACE TUBUS series isa maintenance free, self-containeddamping element made from a specialCo-Polyester Elastomer.As a result of the degressive dampingcharacteristic it provides a high energyabsorption at the beginning of itsstroke.The excellent temperature characteristicof the material provides consistentdamping performance over a temperaturerange of -40°C to 90°C.The low installed weight, the economicprice and the long operating life ofup 1 million cycles make this an attractivealternative to hydraulic endposition damping, if the moving massdoes not have to stop in an exact datumposition and it is not necessary toabsorb 100 % of the incoming energy.The space-saving package size rangesfrom ø 12 mm up to ø 116 mm and isvery simply and quickly installed withthe supplied specially stepped mountingscrew.The TA series have been specially developedto provide Maximum EnergyCapacity in the Minimum MountingSpace in the capacity range from2 Nm up to 2 000 Nm.One-PieceProfile BodyLife expectancy is extremely high; upto twenty times longer than for urethanedampers, up to ten times longerthan rubber bumpers and up to fivetimes longer than steel springs.Mounting Screw70Overload capacity: For emergency use only (1 cycle) it ispossible to exceed the W 3 rating by +40%.Environment: Resistant to oil, grease, seawater and tomicrobe or chemical attack. Excellent UV and ozone resistance.Material does not absorb water or swell.Dynamic force range: 980 N to 82 000 NTemperature range: -40°C to 90°CEnergy absorption: 40 % to 66 %Material hardness rating: Shore 55DMounting: in any positionImpact velocity range:up to max. 5 m/sMounting screw torque:M3: 2 NmM4: 4 NmM5: 6 NmM6: 10 NmM8: 25 NmM12: 85 NmM16: 210 NmOn request: Special strokes,-characteristics, -spring rates,-sizes and materials.Calculation and selectionto be approved by ACE.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

TUBUS-Series Type TAProfile Damper Axial DampingOrdering Example TA 37-16MTUBUS axialOuter-ø 37 mmStroke 16 mmd 1 D d 2max.Stroke HubL 1 L 2The calculation and selection of the required profile damper should be carried out or be approved by ACE.Dimensions and Capacity Chart*W 3 max Stroke WeightType Nm/cycle mm D L1 M L2 d1 d2 in gmTA 12-5 2 5 12 3 M3 11 15 11 3TA 17-7 6 7 17 4 M4 16 22 15 4TA 21-9 10 9 21 5 M5 18 26 18 5TA 22-10 15 10 22 6 M6 19 27 19 5TA 28-12 30 12 28 6 M6 26 36 25 10TA 34-14 50 14 34 6 M6 30 43 30 20TA 37-16 65 16 37 6 M6 33 48 33 25TA 40-16 80 16 40 8 M8 35 50 34 30TA 43-18 100 18 43 8 M8 38 55 38 40TA 47-20 130 20 47 12 M12 41 60 41 50TA 50-22 160 22 50 12 M12 45 64 44 60TA 54-22 190 22 54 12 M12 47 68 47 65TA 57-24 230 24 57 12 M12 51 73 50 90TA 62-25 280 25 62 12 M12 54 78 53 105TA 65-27 350 27 65 12 M12 58 82 57 130TA 70-29 400 29 70 12 M12 61 86 60 145TA 72-31 500 31 72 16 M16 65 91 63 175TA 80-32 600 32 80 16 M16 69 100 69 225TA 82-35 700 35 82 16 M16 74 105 72 260TA 85-36 800 36 85 16 M16 76 110 75 300TA 90-38 900 38 90 16 M16 80 114 78 335TA 98-40 1200 40 98 16 M16 86 123 85 425TA 116-48 2000 48 116 16 M16 101 146 98 740* Max. Energy capacity per cycle for continuous use. For emergency use only (1 cycle) it is possible to exceed this rating by +40%.71Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeEnergy (Nm)Characteristics of Type TA 37-16706050403020100Energy - Stroke Characteristic (dynamic)(with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s)1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10Stroke (mm)Force (N)reboundstrokeenergyWith the aid of the characteristic curves above you can estimate the proportion of the total energy that will be absorbed.Example: With impact energy of 50 Nm the Energy-Stroke diagram shows that a stroke of about 8.8 mm is needed. Onthe Force-Stroke diagram you can estimate the proportion of absorbed energy to rebound energy at this stroke length.9000750060004500300015000Force - Stroke Characteristic (dynamic)(with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s)absorbedenergyF inF back1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10Stroke (mm)Dynamic (v > 0.5 m/s) and static (v < – 0.5 m/s) characteristics of all types are available on request.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 71

TUBUS-Series Type TSProfile Damper Axial Soft Damping72The Profile Damper Type TS fromthe innovative ACE TUBUS series isa maintenance free, self-containeddamping element made from a specialCo-Polyester Elastomer. As a result ofthe almost linear damping characteristicit provides a very smooth energyabsorption with minimum reactionloads on the machine. The excellenttemperature characteristic of the materialprovides consistent dampingperformance over a temperature rangeof -40°C to 90°C. The low installedweight, the economic price and thelong operating life of up to 1 millioncycles makes this an attractive alternativeto hydraulic end position damping,if the moving mass does not haveto stop in an exact datum position andit is not necessary to absorb 100 % ofthe incoming energy.The space-saving package size rangesfrom ø 14 mm up to 107 mm and isvery simply and quickly installed withthe supplied specially stepped mountingscrew.The TS series have been specially developedto provide Maximum EnergyCapacity in the Minimum MountingSpace in the capacity range from 2 Nmup to 910 Nm.One-PieceProfile BodyLife expectancy is extremely high; upto twenty times longer than for urethanedampers, up to ten times longerthan rubber buffers and up to fivetimes longer than steel springs.Mounting Screw72Overload capacity: For emergency use only (1 cycle) it ispossible to exceed the W 3 rating by +40%.Environment: Resistant to oil, grease, seawater and tomicrobe or chemical attack. Excellent UV and ozone resistance.Material does not absorb water or swell.Dynamic force range: 1300 N to 24 000 NTemperature range: -40°C to 90°CEnergy absorption: 26 % to 56 %Material hardness rating: Shore 40DMounting: in any positionImpact velocity range:up to max. 5 m/sMounting screw torque:M4: 4 NmM5: 6 NmM6: 10 NmM12: 85 NmM16: 210 NmOn request: special strokes,-characteristics, -spring rates,-sizes and materials.Calculation and selectionto be approved by ACE.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

TUBUS-Series Type TSProfile Damper Axial Soft DampingOrdering Example TS 44-23MTUBUS axial softOuter-ø 44 mmStroke 23 mmd 1 D d 2max.Stroke HubL 1 L 2The calculation and selection of the required profile damper should be carried out or be approved by ACE.Dimensions and Capacity Chart*W 3 max Stroke WeightType Nm/cycle mm D L1 M L2 d1 d2 in gmTS 14-7 2 7 14 4 M4 15 19 13 3TS 18-9 4 9 18 5 M5 18 24 16 4TS 20-10 6 10 20 6 M6 21 27 19 5TS 26-15 15 15 26 6 M6 28 37 25 10TS 32-16 25 16 32 6 M6 32 44 30 15TS 35-19 30 19 35 6 M6 36 48 33 25TS 40-19 35 19 40 6 M6 38 51 34 30TS 41-21 45 21 41 12 M12 41 55 38 40TS 44-23 65 23 44 12 M12 45 60 40 45TS 48-25 80 25 48 12 M12 49 64 44 60TS 51-27 90 27 51 12 M12 52 69 47 70TS 54-29 115 29 54 12 M12 55 73 50 80TS 58-30 135 30 58 12 M12 59 78 53 100TS 61-32 160 32 61 16 M16 62 83 56 120TS 64-34 195 34 64 16 M16 66 87 60 145TS 68-36 230 36 68 16 M16 69 92 63 165TS 75-39 285 39 75 16 M16 75 101 69 210TS 78-40 340 40 78 16 M16 79 105 72 245TS 82-44 395 44 82 16 M16 84 110 75 275TS 84-43 460 43 84 16 M16 85 115 78 300TS 90-47 565 47 90 16 M16 92 124 84 395TS 107-56 910 56 107 16 M16 110 147 100 615* Max. Energy capacity per cycle for continuous use. For emergency use only (1 cycle) it is possible to exceed this rating by +40%.73Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeEnergy (Nm)Characteristics of Type TS 44-23706050403020100Energy - Stroke Characteristic (dynamic)(with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s)3 6 9 12 15 18Stroke (mm)Force (N)600050004000300020001000reboundstrokeenergyWith the aid of the characteristic curves above you can estimate the proportion of the total energy that will be absorbed.Example: With impact energy of 50 Nm the Energy-Stroke diagram shows that a stroke of about 14 mm is needed. On theForce-stroke diagram you can estimate the proportion of absorbed energy to rebound energy at this stroke length.0Force - Stroke Characteristic (dynamic)(with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s)absorbedenergyF inF back3 6 9 12 15 18Stroke (mm)Dynamic (v > 0.5 m/s) and static (v < – 0.5 m/s) characteristics of all types are available on request.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 73

TUBUS-Series Type TRProfile Damper Radial Damping74The Profile Damper Type TR fromthe innovative ACE TUBUS series isa maintenance free, self-containeddamping element made from a specialCo-Polyester Elastomer. The radial deformationof the TR series provides avery long and soft deceleration with aprogressive energy absorption towardsthe end of stroke. The excellenttemperature characteristic of the materialprovides consistent dampingperformance over a temperature rangeof -40°C to 90°C. The low installedweight, the economic price and thelong operating life of up to 1 millioncycles makes this an attractive alternativeto hydraulic end position damping,if the moving mass does not haveto stop in an exact datum position andit is not necessary to absorb 100 % ofthe incoming energy.The space saving package size rangesfrom ø 29 mm up to ø 100 mm and isvery simply and quickly installed withthe supplied specially stepped mountingscrew.The TR Series have been specially developedto provide Maximum Strokein the Minimum Mounting Space inthe capacity range from 2 Nm up to115 Nm.One-PieceProfile BodyLife expectancy is extremely high; upto twenty times longer than for urethanedampers, up to ten times longerthan rubber buffers and up to fivetimes longer than steel springs.Mounting Screw74Overload capacity: For emergency use only (1 cycle) it ispossible to exceed the W 3 rating by +40 %.Environment: Resistant to oil, grease, seawater and tomicrobe or chemical attack. Excellent UV and ozone resistance.Material does not absorb water or swell.Dynamic force range: 300 N to 6 200 NTemperature range: -40°C to 90°CEnergy absorption: 17 % to 35 %Material hardness rating:Shore 40DMounting: in any positionImpact velocity range:up to max. 5 m/sMounting screw torque:M5: 6 NmM6: 10 NmM8: 25 NmOn request: special strokes,-characteristics, - spring rates,-sizes and materials.Calculation and selectionto be approved by ACE.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

TUBUS-Series Type TRProfile Damper Radial DampingOrdering Example TR 93-57MTUBUS radialOuter-ø 93 mmStroke 57 mmCAL 1max.Stroke HubL 2The calculation and selection of the required profile damper should be carried out or be approved by ACE.Width Tiefe BDimensions and Capacity Chart*W 3 max. Stroke WeightType Nm/cycle mm A L1 M L2 B C in gmTR 29-17 2 17 29 5 M5 25 13 38 10TR 37-22 3 22 37 5 M5 32 19 50 15TR 43-25 4 25 43 5 M5 37 20 58 20TR 50-35 6 35 50 5 M5 44 34 68 25TR 63-43 15 43 63 5 M5 55 43 87 55TR 67-40 25 40 67 5 M5 59 46 88 80TR 76-46 40 46 76 6 M6 67 46 102 105TR 83-50 45 50 83 6 M6 73 51 109 150TR 85-50 70 50 85 8 M8 73 69 111 195TR 93-57 90 57 93 8 M8 83 83 124 295TR 100-60 115 60 100 8 M8 88 82 133 335* Max. Energy capacity per cycle for continuous use. For emergency use only (1 cycle) it is possible to exceed this rating by +40%.75Characteristics of Type TR 93-57Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeEnergy (Nm)706050403020100Energy - Stroke Characteristic (dynamic)(with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s)0 8 16 32 44Stroke (mm)Force (N)reboundstrokeenergyWith the aid of the characteristic curves above you can estimate the proportion of the total energy that will be absorbed.Example: With impact energy of 50 Nm the Energy-Stroke diagram shows that a stroke of about 31 mm is needed. Onthe Force-stroke diagram you can estimate the proportion of absorbed energy to rebound energy at this stroke length.6000500040003000200010000Force - Stroke Characteristic (dynamic)(with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s)absorbedenergyF inF back0 8 16 32 44Stroke (mm)Dynamic (v > 0.5 m/s) and static (v < – 0.5 m/s) characteristics of all types are available on request.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 75

TUBUS-Series Type TR-LProfile Damper Radial Damping (Long Version)76The Radial Tube Damper Type TR-Lfrom the innovative ACE TUBUSseries is a maintenance free, self-containeddamping element made froma special Co-Polyester Elastomer. Theradial deformation of the TR-L seriesprovides a very long and soft decelerationwith a progressive energy absorptiontowards the end of the stroke.The excellent temperature characteristicof the material provides consistentdamping performance over a temperaturerange of -40°C to 90°C. The tubedamper has been specially developedfor applications that require very lowreaction forces. The actual force generateddepends upon the length of thetube damper chosen. The TUBUS TR-Ltype is suitable for a wide range ofapplications that require protectionfrom shock or impact anywhere alonga straight line. Typical applicationsinclude mining equipment, dockyardhandling equipment and on baggagehandling and conveyor systems. Thespecial stepped mounting screws suppliedmake installation very quick andsimple. The TR-L series have been developedto provide maximum strokein the minimum mounting space.NEWOne-PieceProfile BodyLife expectancy is extreley high: up totwenty times longer than for urethanedampers, up to ten times longer thanrubber buffers and up to five timeslonger than steel springs.There are 3 small new types withmounting screw M5. They providehigh energy capacity up to 30 Nmwith a maximum height of 59 mm.Mounting Screws76Overload capacity: For emergency use only (1 cycle) it ispossible to exceed the W 3 rating by +40 %.Environment: Resistant to oil, grease, seawater and tomicrobe or chemical attack. Excellent UV and ozone resistance.Outer material does not absorb water or swell.Dynamic force range: 6 800 N to 286 000 NTemperature range:-40°C to 90°CMaterial: Shore 40D hardness.Energy absorption:14 % to 26 %Mounting: in any positionImpact velocity range:up to max. 5 m/sMounting screw torque:M5: 6 NmM8: 25 NmM16: 210 NmOn request: special strokes,-colours, -sizes and materials.Calculation and selectionto be approved by ACE.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

TUBUS-Series Type TR-LProfile Damper Radial Damping (Long Version)NEWmax.Stroke HubL 2DBMACL 1Ordering ExampleTR 66-40L-2TUBUS radial longOuter-ø 66 mmStroke 40 mmLength 2 = 305 mmIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeThe calculation and selection of the required profile damper should be carried out or be approved by ACE.Dimensions and Capacity Chart*W 3 Reaction max. Stroke WeightType Nm/cycle force in N mm A B C D M L1 L2 in kgTR 29-17L 12 1450 17 29 80 38 40 M5 5 25 0.06TR 43-25L 16 1900 25 43 80 58 40 M5 5 37 0.06TR 63-43L 30 1950 43 63 80 87 40 M5 5 55 0.10TR 66-40L-1 100 6800 40 66 152 87 102 M8 8 59 0.25TR 66-40L-2 200 13600 40 66 305 87 254 M8 8 59 0.55TR 66-40L-3 300 20400 40 66 457 87 406 M8 8 59 0.80TR 66-40L-4 400 27200 40 66 610 87 559 M8 8 59 1.10TR 66-40L-5 500 34000 40 66 762 87 711 M8 8 59 1.30TR 76-45L-1 135 7200 45 76 152 100 102 M8 8 68 0.35TR 76-45L-2 270 14500 45 76 305 100 254 M8 8 68 0.70TR 76-45L-3 400 21700 45 76 457 100 406 M8 8 68 1.10TR 76-45L-4 535 29000 45 76 610 100 559 M8 8 68 1.40TR 76-45L-5 670 36300 45 76 762 100 711 M8 8 68 1.70TR 83-48L-1 155 8100 48 83 152 106 102 M8 8 73 0.45TR 83-48L-2 315 16300 48 83 305 106 254 M8 8 73 0.90TR 83-48L-3 470 24500 48 83 457 106 406 M8 8 73 1.35TR 83-48L-4 625 32600 48 83 610 106 559 M8 8 73 4.80TR 83-48L-5 780 40800 48 83 762 106 711 M8 8 73 2.25TR 99-60L-1 205 13600 60 99 152 130 102 M16 16 88 0.60TR 99-60L-2 410 27200 60 99 305 130 254 M16 16 88 1.10TR 99-60L-3 615 40800 60 99 457 130 406 M16 16 88 1.75TR 99-60L-4 820 54400 60 99 610 130 559 M16 16 88 2.35TR 99-60L-5 1025 68100 60 99 762 130 711 M16 16 88 2.90TR 99-60L-6 1230 81700 60 99 914 130 864 M16 16 88 3.50TR 99-60L-7 1435 95300 60 99 1067 130 1016 M16 16 88 4.10TR 143-86L-1 575 31700 86 143 152 191 76 M16 16 127 1.25TR 143-86L-2 1155 63500 86 143 305 191 203 M16 16 127 2.50TR 143-86L-3 1730 95300 86 143 457 191 355 M16 16 127 3.80TR 143-86L-4 2305 127100 86 143 610 191 508 M16 16 127 5.10TR 143-86L-5 2880 158900 86 143 762 191 660 M16 16 127 6.40TR 143-86L-6 3455 190600 86 143 914 191 812 M16 16 127 7.70TR 143-86L-7 4030 224000 86 143 1067 191 965 M16 16 127 9.00TR 188-108L-1 1350 40800 108 188 152 245 76 M16 16 165 2.15TR 188-108L-2 2710 81700 108 188 305 245 203 M16 16 165 4.45TR 188-108L-3 4060 122500 108 188 457 245 355 M16 16 165 6.70TR 188-108L-4 5420 163400 108 188 610 245 508 M16 16 165 9.00TR 188-108L-5 6770 204300 108 188 762 245 660 M16 16 165 11.20TR 188-108L-6 8120 245100 108 188 914 245 812 M16 16 165 13.45TR 188-108L-7 9480 286000 108 188 1067 245 965 M16 16 165 15.75* Max. Energy capacity per cycle for continuous use. For emergency use only (1 cycle) it is possible to exceed this rating by +40%.77Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 77

TUBUS-Series Type TCProfile Damper for Crane EquipmentThe Profile Damper Type TC fromthe innovative ACE TUBUS Series isa maintenance free, self-containeddamping element made from a specialCo-Polyester Elastomer. They havebeen specially developed for Craneequipment applications and fulfill theinternational Industry standardsOSHA and CMAA.Many crane applications require aspring rate with a high return force.This is achieved with the unique Dual-Profile Concept of the TC-S models.For Energy-Management-Systems theTC model types provide a cost efficientsolution with a high return forcecapability.The very small and light package sizefrom ø 64 mm up to ø 176 mm coversan energy absorption capacity rangingfrom 450 Nm up to 12720 Nm/cycle.The excellent resistance to UV, seawaterchemical and microbe attacktogether with the wide operating temperaturerange from -40°C to 90°Cenables a wide range of applications.One-PieceProfile Body78Life expectancy is extremely high;up to twenty times longer than forurethane dampers, up to ten timeslonger than rubber buffers and up tofive times longer than steel springs.Mounting Screw78Overload capacity: For emergency use only (1 cycle) it ispossible to exceed the W 3 rating by +40%.Environment: Resistant to oil, grease, seawater and tomicrobe or chemical attack. Excellent UV and ozone resistance.Material does not absorb water or swell.Dynamic force range: 80 000 N to 978 000 NTemperature range: -40°C to 90°CEnergy absorption:31% to 63 %Material hardness rating:Shore 55DMounting: in any positionImpact velocity range:up to max. 5 m/sMounting screw torque:M12: 85 NmM16: 210 NmOn request: special strokes,-characteristics, -spring rates,-sizes and materials.Calculation and selectionto be approved by ACE.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

TUBUS-Series Type TCProfile Damper for Crane EquipmentMMd 1 D d 2d 1 D d 2L 1max.Stroke HubL 2L 1max. max.Stroke HubL 2Model type TCOrdering ExampleTC 83-73-SModel type TC-STUBUS Crane BufferOuter-ø 83 mmStroke 73 mmModel type softThe calculation and selection of the required profile damper should be carried out or be approved by ACE.Dimensions and Capacity Chart*W 3 max. Stroke WeightType Nm/cycle mm D L1 M L2 d1 d2 in kgTC 64-62-S 450 62 64 12 M12 79 89 52 0.2TC 74-76-S 980 76 74 12 M12 96 114 61 0.25TC 83-73-S 1900 73 83 12 M12 94 127 69 0.3TC 86-39 1210 39 86 12 M12 56 133 78 0.25TC 90-49 1630 49 90 12 M12 68 124 67 0.25TC 100-59 1770 59 100 12 M12 84 149 91 0.5TC 102-63 1970 63 102 16 M16 98 140 82 0.5TC 108-30 1900 30 108 12 M12 53 133 77 0.35TC 117-97 3710 97 117 16 M16 129 188 100 1.0TC 134-146-S 7290 146 134 16 M16 188 215 117 1.6TC 136-65 4250 65 136 16 M16 106 178 106 1.1TC 137-90 6350 90 137 16 M16 115 216 113 1.1TC 146-67-S 8330 67 146 16 M16 118 191 99 1.5TC 150-178-S 8860 178 150 16 M16 241 224 132 2.6TC 153-178-S 7260 178 153 16 M16 226 241 131 2.3TC 168-124 10100 124 168 16 M16 166 260 147 2.3TC 176-198-S 12720 198 176 16 M16 252 279 150 3.6* Max. Energy capacity per cycle for continuous use. For emergency use only (1 cycle) it is possible to exceed this rating by +40%.79Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeEnergy (Nm)Characteristics of Type TC 90-491800150012009006003000Energy - Stroke Characteristic (dynamic)(with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s)10 15 20 25 30 35 40Stroke (mm)Force (N)450400350300250200150100500Force - Stroke Characteristic (dynamic)(with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s)absorbedenergyrebound strokeenergyWith the aid of the characteristic curves above you can estimate the proportion of the total energy that will be absorbed.Example: With impact energy of 1300 Nm the Energy-Stroke diagram shows that a stroke of about 38 mm is needed. On theForce-Stroke diagram you can estimate the proportion of absorbed energy to rebound energy at this stroke length.Note: with these types the return force towards the end of the stroke is significant and we recommend you try to use a minimumof 90% of the total stroke available.Dynamic (v > 0.5 m/s) and static (v < – 0.5 m/s) characteristics of all types are available on request.FinFback10 15 20 25 30 35 40Stroke (mm)Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 79

TUBUS-seriesOverview of Profile DampersPhysical Properties of TUBUS Profile DampersEnergy Capacity Operating Lifetime Energy Capacityper unit weightper unit volumePUR 80A PUR 90A Rubber 80A TUBUSACE TUBUS Profile Dampers are high performancedamping elements made from a special Co-PolyesterElastomer.They have a high energy absorbing capacitycompared with other materials.The TUBUS-series comprises 5 main types with over80 individual models.The excellent damping characteristics are achieved asa result of the special elastomer material and theworldwide patented construction design. This enablesus to change the characteristics of the elastomermaterial so that individual and distinct damping curvesare possible.TUBUS dampers offer a considerable performanceadvantage when compared to other materials such asrubber, urethanes and steel springs.A further advantage compared to other damping elementsis the operating life expectancy – up to twentytimes longer than with urethane dampers, up to tentimes longer than with rubber dampers and up to fivetimes longer than with steel spring dampers.80ForceComparison of Damping CharacteristicsTATSStrokeTR/TR-LCharacteristics of dynamic energy absorption for impactvelocity over 0.5 m/s. For impact velocities under 0.5 m/s,please request a static characteristic curve.The innovative TUBUS dampers absorb energy whileexhibiting the following damping characteristics:Model Type TA: Degressive characteristic with max.energy absorption (coloured area) with min. stroke.Energy absorption: 40 % to 66 %.Model Type TS: Almost linear characteristic with lowreaction force over a short operating stroke.Energy absorption: 26 % to 56 %.Model Type TR/TR-L: Progressive characteristic withgradually increasing reaction force over a long stroke.Energy absorption TR: 17 % to 35 %Energy absorption TR-L: 14 % to 26 %The material does not absorb water or swell and it is highlyresistant to abrasion. Products of the TUBUS-series willwork at temperatures of -40°C up to 90°C and are resistantto grease, oil, petroleum fluids, microbe and chemicalattack and sea water. They also have good UV and ozoneresistance. The very long service life of up to one millioncycles, the compact size and the low unit weight differentiatethe TUBUS profile dampers from all other types ofelastomer damping elements.If you are looking for an economic damping solution wherethe load does not need to be decelerated to an exactdatum position and you do not need 100 % absorptionof the impact energy then TUBUS dampers are a real alternativeto hydraulic end position damping. They are thepreferred solution for end stop dampers in robotic systems,high bay warehouse systems and all similar automatedplant and machinery.For the crane industry we manufacture special highcapacity crane buffers that have an ideal decelerationcharacteristic with high return force for this type of applicationand energy capacities from 450 to 12 720 Nm. Thismeans you can have a TUBUS crane buffer capable ofproviding up to 900 kN of braking force in a package onlyweighing 3 kg and absorbing up to 50 % of the energy.Special DampersBesides the standard product range of the TUBUS-seriesthere are also a large number of special products availableupon request for customer-specific applications.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change80Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

TUBUS-SeriesApplication ExamplesACE TUBUS Profile Dampers protect the integratedloading station on a new high speed machining centre.The ACE TUBUS damper is designed to prevent overrunon the high speed loading station of a Camshaftmachining centre used in the automobile industry. Inthe event that the drive train fails during operationor incorrect data is inputted the ACE TUBUS damperabsorbs the impact preventing costly damage tothe machine. The TA-98-40 TUBUS damper impressedengineers with its exceptionally long service life inoperation.When used as an emergency stop the TUBUS dampercan absorb up to 63 % of the impact energy.Safe end position dampingSafety with ultra high speed operationIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeSafe reliable cyclingACE TUBUS Profile Dampers prevent impact problemsbetween the different directions of motion on a weighfeeder.The illustrated weigh feeder is a critical productioncomponent and must always function correctly. A previoushistory of machine damage caused by the crossingof different motions in operation was eliminatedby the use of TUBUS type TA 22-10 profile dampers.Due to the co-polyester construction of TUBUS dampersa degressive damping curve could be engineered tosuit the application. The combination of superiordamage protection, small size and economic costmade the TUBUS damper the ideal solution for thiscritical application.81Consistent, safe operation of a weigh feederStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com81

Rotary DampersACE Rotary Dampers are sealed maintenancefree units. They are availablewith fixed or adjustable dampingrates. The damping can be clockwise,anticlockwise or in both directions.The outer body is either plastic or metaldepending upon model size. The outputconnection can be direct onto thekeyed output shaft or indirect via aplastic gear (available with 4 standardmodules). Plastic rack with modules of0.5 to 1 are also available.Applications include office machinery,lids and flaps, floppy disc drives, pianolids, CD players, auto glove-boxes,vending machines, medical equipment,furniture industry anda multitude of others.Keyed Output ShaftDamping VaneDamping OrificePressure ChamberOuter Body8282ACE Rotary Dampers guarantee the smooth controlledopening and closing of small lids, covers and flaps. Theycan be mounted directly on the pivot axis or can be usedto provide linear damping by using a plastic gear and rack.They enable mechanisms to operate with a smooth controlledmotion giving that ”touch of quality“ to whateverproduct they are used on. ACE rotary dampers are filledwith a special high viscosity fluid (silicone type) and sealedfor life. The fluid is passed through an orifice or groove bya rotating vane to provide damping resistance. The dampingtorque generated is determined by the fluid viscosityand by the orifice configuration.Lifetime: With a max.rotational speed of 50revs/min and a maximumof 10 cycles/min(12 cycles/min withthe FDT/FDN types)the rotary dampersstill provide more than80 % of their dampingtorque after a run of50 000 cycles.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Rotary Dampers FRT-E2 and FRT-G2FRT-E2 (Bi-directional)2,62,12,514 +/-0,05 2 + 0,05∅1019∅7,2Models available FRT-E2 . . .∅2,16Damping action in both clockwise and anti-clockwise directionwithout gear with gear Damping torque Ncm(Nominal 20 rpm. 23°C)FRT-E2-100 FRT-E2-100-G1 0.1 +/- 0.05FRT-E2-200 FRT-E2-200-G1 0.2 +/- 0.07FRT-E2-300 FRT-E2-300-G1 0.3 +/- 0.08FRT-E2-400 FRT-E2-400-G1 0.4 +/- 0.10∅2,5 +/-0,0531,56(5,5)Dims. in ( ) without gearMaterial: Polycarbonate plasticTemperature range: 0°C to 50°CGear dataTooth:Module: 0.6*Pressure angle: 20°InvoluteNo. of teeth: 10P.C.D.:6 mmFRT-E2 (at 23°C)rpmFRT-E2 (at 20 rpm)* A 250 mm long plastic rack is available for use with this part see page 89.FRT-G2 (Bi-directional)2,12,52,619 +/-0,052,5 + 0,05∅ 1524∅ 83,7Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeModels available FRT-G2 . . .Damping action in both clockwise and anti-clockwise direction∅2,1without gear with gear Damping torque Ncm(Nominal 20 rpm. 23°C)FRT-G2-200 FRT-G2-200-G1 0.20 +/- 0.07FRT-G2-300 FRT-G2-300-G1 0.30 +/- 0.08FRT-G2-450 FRT-G2-450-G1 0.45 +/- 0.10FRT-G2-600 FRT-G2-600-G1 0.60 +/- 0.12FRT-G2-101 FRT-G2-101-G1 1.00 +/- 0.20Material: Polycarbonate plasticTemperature range: 0°C to 50°CGear dataTooth:Module: 0.5*Pressure angle: 20°InvoluteNo. of teeth: 14P.C.D.:7 mm* A 250 mm long plastic rack is available for use with this part see page 89.FRT-G2 (at 23°C)7rpm∅3,6 +/-0,052,26,6(5,4)Dims. in ( ) without gearFRT-G2 (at 20 rpm)83Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 83

Rotary Dampers FRT/FRN-C2 and -D2FRT-C2 and FRN-C221 3,5+/-0,02∅1527,5∅10,44,53,28∅4 -0,051,5714Models available FRT-C2 . . .Model Bi-directional Right-hand damping Left-hand damping Damping torque Ncmdamping (clockwise) (anti-clockwise) (Nominal 20 rpm. 23°C)without gear FRT-C2-201 FRN-C2-R201 FRN-C2-L201 2 +/- 0.6without gear FRT-C2-301 FRN-C2-R301 FRN-C2-L301 3 +/- 0.8with gear FRT-C2-201-G1 FRN-C2-R201-G1 FRN-C2-L201-G1 2 +/- 0.6with gear FRT-C2-301-G1 FRN-C2-R301-G1 FRN-C2-L301-G1 3 +/- 0.8Material: Polycarbonate plasticTemperature range: 0°C to 50°CGear dataTooth:Module: 0.8*Pressure angle: 20°InvoluteNo. of teeth: 11P.C.D.:8.8 mmNcmFRT/N-C2 (at 23°C)rpmNcmFRT/N-C2 (at 20 rpm)* A 170 mm long flexible plastic rack and a 250 mm long rigid model are available for use with this part see page 89.FRT-D2 and FRN-D28440 4 +/-0,02∅2550∅14,75Models available FRT-D2 . . .Material: Polycarbonate plasticTemperature range: 0°C to 50°CGear dataTooth:Module: 1.0*Pressure angle: 20°InvoluteNo. of teeth: 12P.C.D.:12.75 mm∅4,2 R5∅5 -0,05Model Bi-directional Right-hand damping Left-hand damping Damping torque Ncmdamping (clockwise) (anti-clockwise) (Nominal 20 rpm. 23°C)without gear FRT-D2-501 FRN-D2-R501 FRN-D2-L501 5 +/- 1without gear FRT-D2-102 FRN-D2-R102 FRN-D2-L102 10 +/- 2without gear FRT-D2-152 FRN-D2-R152 FRN-D2-L152 15 +/- 3with gear FRT-D2-501-G1 FRN-D2-R501-G1 FRN-D2-L501-G1 5 +/- 1with gear FRT-D2-102-G1 FRN-D2-R102-G1 FRN-D2-L102-G1 10 +/- 2with gear FRT-D2-152-G1 FRN-D2-R152-G1 FRN-D2-L152-G1 15 +/- 3FRT/N-D2 (at 23°C)rpm21119FRT/N-D2 (at 20 rpm)5Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change84* A 250 mm and 500 mm long plastic rack is available for use with this part see page 89.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Rotary Dampers FRT/FRN-K2 and -F2and FFDFRT/FRN-K2 and FRT/FRN-F24736∅405 +/-0,0510∅13,5∅5,2∅6 R5,5-0,01-0,031629,54251,5Models available FRT-F2 . . .Model Bi-directional Right-hand damping Left-hand damping Damping torque Ncmdamping clockwise anti-clockwise (Nominal 20 rpm. 23°C)FRT-K2-502 FRN-K2-R502 FRN-K2-L502 50 +/- 10FRT-K2-103 FRN-K2-R103 FRN-K2-L103 100 +/- 20FRT-F2-203 FRN-F2-R203 FRN-F2-L203 200 +/- 40FRT-F2-303 – – 300 +/- 80FRT-F2-403 – – 400 +/-100Material: Polycarbonate plasticTemperature range: 0°C to 50°CWeight max.: 0.116 kgFRT-K2 and -F2 (at 23°C)FRT-K2 and -F2 (at 20 rpm)FFD∅ 3,2rpm °CNEWt = Thickness BreiteL 2L 1D 2 D 1d 1 d 2D 2D 1Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeModels available FFD- . . .Flange Typeh 2H 2Standard TypeDamping Model Damping torque Dimensions Flange Type Standard Typeoption in Nm D 1 D 2 H 1 h 1 L 1 L 2 d 1 d 2 H 2 h 2 tType S FFD-25 0.1 / 0.5 / 1.0 25 6 13 3 42 34 21 6.2 16 4 4FFD-28 0.1 / 0.5 / 1.0 28 8 13 3 44 36 24 8.2 16 4 4FFD-30 0.1 / 0.5 / 1.0 / 1.5 30 10 13 3 46 38 26 10.2 16 4 4Type W FFD-25 1.0 / 1.5 / 2.0 25 6 19 3 42 34 21 6.2 22 4 4FFD-28 1.0 / 1.5 / 2.0 28 8 19 3 44 36 24 8.2 22 4 4FFD-30 1.5 / 2.0 / 2.5 / 3.0 30 10 19 3 46 38 26 10.2 22 4 4Material: Polycarbonate plasticOrdering ExampleFFD-25-FS-L-102Temperature range: -10°C to 60°CRotational speed max.: 30 rpmFriction DamperCycle rate max.:13 cycles per min.Body ∅Recommended Shaft details: ∅ +0Mounting Style (Flange = F, Standard = S)–0,03Damping Option ( = S or W)Damping Direction (right = R, left = L)Damping torque see chartH 1h 1Damping torque102 = 0.1 Nm502 = 0.5 Nm103 = 1.0 Nm153 = 1.5 Nm203 = 2.5 Nm303 = 3.0 Nm85Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 85

FYN-N1Rotary Dampers FYN-N1 and FYN-K1NEW∅ 16-0,2∅ 20 ∅ 12-0,2Endkappe white end weiß: cap: linksdrehend left-hand damping dämpfendblack end schwarz: cap: rechtsdrehend right-hand damping dämpfend232212162048-0,12Models available FYN-N1 . . .20°Schwenkwinkelrotation110°Model Right-hand damping Left-hand damping Damping torque Return Damping torque(clockwise) (anti-clockwise) Ncm NcmFYN-N1-R103 FYN-N1-L103 100 20FYN-N1-R203 FYN-N1-L203 200 40FYN-N1-R253 FYN-N1-L253 250 40FYN-N1-R303 FYN-N1-L303 300 80With ∅ 18 mm body on request.Material: Black polycarbonateTemperature range: -5°C to 50°CWeight:0.012 kgMax. Rotation angle: 110°Do not use damper as final end stop.Fit external mechanical stops at each end of travel.”Coloured end cap for identificationof the damping direction.Also available with a damping torqueof 250 Ncm!”1,228-0,1FYN-K1R 43,886∅ 10 6 -0,05352745∅ 26∅18,2∅ 3,515275264051013Models available FYN-K1 . . .Model Right-hand damping Left-hand damping Damping torque(clockwise) (anti-clockwise) NcmFYN-K1-R FYN-K1-L 400Material: Black polycarbonateTemperature range: -5°C to 50°CMax. Rotation angle: 108°Return travel damping: 100 NcmWeight:0.035 kg108°right-handrechtsdrehenddampingdämpfendEndpositionlinksdrehend left-handdamping dämpfendIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeDo not use damper as final end stop.Fit external mechanical stops at each end of travel.108°86Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Rotary Dampers FYT/FYN-H1 and -LA3FYT-H1 and FYN-H1105° SchwenkwinkelrotationEinstellschraubeAdjusting screwM511∅24∅456∅8Max. side load6 -0,03P18566615 3020Keyed output shaft shownin mid-travel position.Models available FYT-H1 . . .Model Bi-directional Right-hand damping Left-hand damping Damping torque Nmdamping (clockwise) (anti-clockwise) (adjustable)Adjustable FYT-H1 FYN-H1-R FYN-H1-L 2...10Material: Zinc diecast, steel shaftTemperature range: -5°C to 50°CMax. rotation: 105°Return travel damping: 0.5 NmMaximum side-load: 50 NWeight:0.24 kgA play of approx. 5° can occur at the beginning ofmovement.Do not use damper as final end stop.Fit external mechanical stops at each end of travel.FYT-LA3 and FYN-LA3210°Schwenkwinkelrotation80EinstellschraubeAdjusting screw∅ 803∅50Max. side loadP∅17Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeModels available FYT-LA3 . . .Material: Zinc diecast, steel shaftTemperature range: -5°C to 50°CMax. rotation angle: 210°Return travel damping: 4 NmMaximum side-load: 200 NWeight:1.75 kg612,5-0,057096∅ 6,5Keyed output shaft shownin mid-travel position.Model Bi-directional Right-hand damping Left-hand damping Damping torque Nmdamping (clockwise) (anti-clockwise) (adjustable)Adjustable FYT-LA3 FYN-LA3-R FYN-LA3-L 4...404878A play of approx. 5° can occur at the beginning ofmovement.Do not use damper as final end stop.Fit external mechanical stops at each end of travel.12121587Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 87

Rotary Dampers FDT/FDN-47 to 70FDT-47 to 70R-0,02C-0,10C B AFE∅V-0,1DGHRecommendedDrive Shaft SizeModels available FDT- . . .Damping in both directions of rotationDamping torque Nm(at 20 rpm, 23°C)DimensionsA B C D E F G H R VFDT-47 2.0 +/- 0.3 65 56 8 4.5 47 42.8 1.6 10.3 4.5 10FDT-57 4.7 +/- 0.5 79 68 10 5.5 57 52.4 1.6 11.2 5.5 13FDT-63 6.7 +/- 0.7 89 76 12.5 6.5 63 58.6 1.6 11.3 6.5 17FDT-70 8.7 +/- 0.8 95 82 12.5 6.5 70 65.4 1.6 11.3 6.5 17Body material: Steel. Output shaft sleeve: Nylon (glass reinforced)Temperature range: -10°C to 50°COperating fluid: Silicone OilAt 23° CRotational speed max.: 50 rpm108Cycle rate max.: 12 cycles per min.6Weight max.:0.11 kg4There is no support for the output shaftwithin the damper structure. External20support must be provided for the shaft.0NmFDT-70FDT-63FDT-57FDT-4710 20 30 40 50 60 rpm U/minNm10864200At 20 rev/min.FDT-70FDT-63FDT-57FDT-4710 20 30 40 50 60 °CFDN-47 to 7088R∅CBA∅F∅E”You can change thedirection of thedamping torque,if necessary,by pushing outand turning thebearing bush!”Models available FDN- . . .ModelRighthand damping(clockwise)Lefthand damping(anti-clockwise)Damping torqueNmBody material: Steel. Output shaft sleeve: Nylon (glass reinforced)Temperature range: -10°C to 50°COperating fluid: Silicone OilRotational speed max.: 50 rpmCycle Rate max.: 12 cycles per min.Weight max.: 0.12 kgThere is no support for the output shaftwithin the damper structure. Externalsupport must be provided for the shaft.∅DDimensionsA B C D E F G H RFDN-47-R FDN-47-L 2.0 +/- 0.3 65 56 6 4.5 47 42.8 1.6 10.3 4.5FDN-57-R FDN-57-L 5.5 +/- 0.6 79 68 10 5.5 57 52.4 1.6 14 5.5FDN-63-R FDN-63-L 8.5 +/- 0.8 89 76 10 6.5 63 58.6 1.6 13.9 6.5FDN-70-R FDN-70-L 10.0 +/- 1.0 95 82 10 6.5 70 65.4 1.6 13 6.5GHRecommended shaft details:for FDN-47 ∅ 6 +0–0,03for FDN-57 to FDN-70 ∅ 10 +0–0,03Hardness > HRC55, surface smoothness R z < 1 µmIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change88Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Rotary Damper CalculationClosing Torque TT = L / 2 · m · g · cos a Ncm.Note: for a uniform lid assume centreof gravity is at distance L/2 from pivot.Calculation of Rotary Damper for a Lidm = Mass of Lid (kg)L = Length of Lid from pivot (cm.)n = Rotation speed (r.p.m.)g = Acceleration due to gravity (= 9.81)Calculation Steps1) Calculate max. torque damper will be exposed to.(with example shown max torque is at a = 0)2) Decide upon rotation speed desired.3) Choose a rotary damper from catalogue that canhandle the torque calculated above.4) With the aid of the damper performance curves,check if the r.p.m. given at your torque correspondsto the desired closing speed of the lid.5) If the r.p.m. is too high – Choose a damper witha higher torque rating.If the r.p.m. is too low – Choose a damper witha lower torque rating.Mountings to avoid:The output shaft should not be exposed to side loading.Side loading End loading Angular offset MisalignmentToothed Rack M 0.5, M 0.6, M 0.8, M 1.0CDamping Directionright hand damping = damping action in clockwisedirection when looking onto the output shaft.89Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeAToothed Rack M 0.8 P∅4,51602,3145,8ANEWBCBAccessoriesToothed plastic rack with modules 0.5 to 1 available.Models availableToothed RackAmmBmmCmmModelM 0.5 250 4 6 rigid, milledM 0.6 250 4 6 rigid, milledM 0.8 250 6 8 rigid, milledM 0.8 P 170 8 4.1 flexibel, milledM 1.0 250 10 10 flexibel, milledM 1.0 500 10 10 flexibel, milledMetal racks available on request.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 89

Rotary DampersApplication ExamplesACE Rotary Dampers installed in VIP lounges in thenew Hong Kong Airport Terminal.This modern information counter consists of a centralsupport console with two fold away counter surfaces.With the counter surfaces folded up the passenger cancheck flight and baggage details on the built in monitorand keyboard. A PC and printer are housed in the centralsupport console. After use the counter surfaces can befolded down out of the way for easier passenger access.To provide smooth and safe operation of this sophisticatedequipment, model FYN-H1 ACE rotary damperswere installed at the pivot axis of the counter tops.Controllingrotary motionStand console in airport terminal90ACE Rotary Dampers take the weight.With this agricultural machine the yield of a certainplot is continuously measured to provide optimumpacking of the bales according to the prevailinggrowth conditions.The crop is collected and weighed on a continuousbasis by means of a damped pendulum arm and loadcell. The load cell output is electronically processedand controls the packing of individual bales.The pendulum/load cell system is damped to providea consistent noise free output signal by means of fourACE rotary dampers type FRT-F1.Controllingpendulum swingIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeCompact combine harvester90Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Rotary DampersApplication ExamplesNo paper jams with ACE Rotary Dampers!This highly sophisticated sorting machine scans bankdocuments such as transfer vouchers, remittanceand debit notes, cheques and paying in slips etc. beforefurther electronic processing. To ensure that eachdocument is in the correct position for scanning it ispushed against a datum surface with a spring loadedguide.The guide is so precisely damped by an ACE FRN-D2rotary damper that the documents remain undistortedand undamaged and always sit in the exact datumposition for error-free scanning.Vibration dampingHigh speed scanner for bank documentsACE Rotary Dampers protect the keyboard.To provide long term protection in arduous andoften dirty industrial applications (and also to protectagainst unauthorised access) the machine keyboardis installed in a lockable and pivoted housing cabinet.ACE rotary dampers type FRN-F1 were installed onthe pivot axis to provide a smooth controlled motionto the keyboard as it is pulled down into its operatingposition. The damper also prevents overloading thehinge system and prevents damage to the keyboard,the housing cabinet and the hinges.91Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeDamping lever motionsPivoted machine keyboardStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 91

Precision Hydraulic Feed Controls VCACE VC Precision Feed Controls aresealed hydraulic units fitted with ahigh precision metering element.When the piston rod is depressed thehydraulic oil is forced through theadjustable precision metering orifice.This provides a constant and precisefeed control throughout the strokelength. The feed rate can be adjustedover a wide range by turning theexternal adjuster knob at the rear endof the unit. The threaded outer bodymakes installation and the adjustmentof feed control travel limits verysimple.FA, MA and MVC are similar feedcontrol units intended for applicationswhere the higher precision of the VCseries is not required.”For precise adjustmentof the feed rate!”Piston RodPositive StopRod BearingRolling Diaphragm SealPistonOuter BodyReturn SpringPressure ChamberFine FilterFeed Rate Adjustment92 ACE Precision Feed Controls provide exact speed controlfor machine motion. They are self-contained, maintenancefree, leakproof, temperature stable and stick-slip free. Therolling diaphragm seal provides a hermetically sealed unitand also provides an integral accumulator for the oil displacedduring operation. The high precision, adjustablemetering system can provide accurate feed rates from aslittle as 12 mm/min withlow propelling forces.Applications includesaws, cutters, drillfeeds, grinding andboring machines in theplastics, metal, woodand glass industries.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change92

Precision Hydraulic Feed Controls VCWith Fine AdjustmentPart Number VC 25 FT . . . SP 25MB 25M25x1,5KM KM 25 25∅ 8∅ 3M25x1,5∅ 14B13AAccessories, mounting, installation… see pages 30 to 32.Anschlagmöglich StopStroke Hub∅ 30M25x1,516 6,4SW23 AF23Air Bleed Adaptorfor VC 2515 FT to VC 2555 FTM63234646 Breite Thickness25 mmClamp MountCapacity ChartPropelling Force NModelReturn force Reset time max. Side WeightStroke A B N load anglePart Number mm min - max min - max s o kgVC 2515FT 15 128 80 30 - 3 500 5 - 10 0.2 3 0.4VC 2530FT 30 161 110 30 - 3 500 5 - 15 0.4 2 0.5VC 2555FT 55 209 130 35 - 3 500 5 - 20 1.2 2 0.6VC 2575FT 75 283 150 50 - 3 500 10 - 30 1.7 2 0.8VC 25100FT 100 308 150 60 - 3 500 10 - 35 2.3 1 0.9VC 25125FT 125 333.5 150 70 - 3 500 10 - 40 2.8 1 1.0Suffix "FT" signifies a M25x1.5 threaded body.Suffix "F" signifies a plain body 23.8 mm dia. (without thread) also available, with optional clamp type mounting block.For VC2515,30 and 55 use 250-0220. For VC2575,100 and 125 use 250-0264.Technical DataVC precision feed controlsFeed rate range: min. 0.013 m/min with 400 N propellingforce. Maximum 38 m/min with 3500 N propelling force.Do not rotate piston rod, if excessive rotation force isapplied rolling seal may rupture (only applies to VC 2515to VC 2555).Outer body: Plain body 23.8 mm dia. (without thread)is also available.Nylon button PP-600 can be fitted onto piston rod.Unit may be mounted in any position.When mounting take care not to damage the adjuster knob.Temperature range: 0°C to 60°C.Impact velocity: Avoid high impact velocities. At speedsof 0.3 m/s the maximum allowed energy is approx.1 Nmfor units up to 55 mm stroke and approx. 2 Nm for units75 mm to 125 mm stroke. Where higher energies occuruse a shock absorber for the initial impact.Material: Body heavy duty steel tube with black oxide.Piston rod with hard chrome plating.In contact with petroleum base oils or cutting fluidsspecify optional neoprene rolling seal or install air bleedadaptor type SP 25.Mounting ExamplesMounting with clamp mount MB 25Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeOperating Range VCPropelling Force (N)350030002500VC 2515 - 25125200015001000Installed with air bleed collar SP 25Installed with switch stop collar inc. proximityswitch and steel button: AS 25 plus PS 25Alternative Circlip Grooves25,4 19,193500612 24 36 6 12 24 36 6 12 24 36 6 12 24 36x 1 x 10 x100 x 1000Feed Rate mm/minBulkhead mounting for VC25 … F with mountingblock KB ... (23.8 mm Plain body option)Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 93

Feed Controls FA/MA/MVCAdjustable94Part Number MA . . .MA 30 MEinstellschraubeAdjustment screw4,1Part NumberFA 1008 V-B511M10x1M8x1AF12 SW12Adjustment Einstellschraube screwM12x1∅ 3,2SW AF10 10 3 Stroke Hub848 13,1∅ 2,54 Stroke Hub814,513,5 M20x1,5 SW18 AF188885116,5 M25x1,5 SW23 AF2310106,6 (138)Dimensions for MVC 900 M in (…)∅ 6Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.∅ 3,2SW14 AF14 5 Stroke Hub1066 18∅ 6,4Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.∅ 4,8Stroke HubSW23 AF23 1930∅ 7,7∅12,5M10x14,6∅ 6,3Stroke Hub4,6SW30 AF30 25,4 (40)36,4 (51)∅ 1720 10MA 35 M RF 12 MB 12Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 28 to 32.MVC 225 M RF 20 MB 20Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.MVC 600 M and MVC 900 M RF 25 MB 25Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 30 to 32.NEWAH 10∅ 23∅10RF 8 MB 8 SC 2Rectangular FlangeRF 10 MB 10Stop Collar Rectangular Flange Clamp MountRectangular FlangeMA 150 M RF 14 MB 14EinstellschraubeAdjustment screw7,5 M14x1,5 SW12 AF12 670SW17 AF17∅ 4,8Stroke Hub12,522,5Accessories, mounting, installation… see pages 29 to 32.4,7∅ 126M4x106M4x106M5x126M5x121825M8x114Rectangular Flange8M6x14Rectangular Flange8M6x1420282432263436464252M10x1M12x114M14x1,5M20x1,5M25x1,520203232Rectangular FlangeM4M4M5M6M6162516252032Clamp Mount2840Clamp Mount3446M8x1Mounting BlockM52032Clamp MountClamp MountM10x1M12x1123,5Thickness Breite10 mm143,5Thickness Breite10 mm164,5Thickness Breite12 mmM14x1,5204,5Thickness Breite12 mmM20x1,5256Thickness Breite20 mmM25x1,5326Thickness Breite25 mmIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change94Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Precision Feed Controls FA/MA/MVCAdjustableCapacity ChartPropelling Force NModelReturn forceStrokeNPart Number mmmin max min maxReset times*max. Sideload angle°WeightkgMA 30 M 8 8 - 80 1 - 5 0.3 2 0.025FA 1008 V-B 8 10 - 180 3 - 6 0.3 2.5 0.026MA 35 M 10 15 - 200 5 - 11 0.2 2 0.043MA 150 M-B 12.5 20 - 300 3 - 5 0.4 5 0.06MVC 225 M 19 25 - 1 750 5 - 10 0.65 2 0.13MVC 600 M 25 65 - 3 500 10 - 30 0.85 2 0.31MVC 900 M 40 70 - 3 500 10 - 35 0.95 2 0.4* For high side-load applications us Side Load Adaptor (BV) pages 28 to 31.Technical DataFA 1008 V to MVC 900 MInstall mechanical stop 0.5 – 1 mm before end of stroke onmodel FA 1008 V-B.Operating temperature range: FA 1008 V-B and MA 35 M:0°C to 70°C. MVC 225 M and MVC 900 M: -12°C to 90°C.Self-contained. Can be mounted in any position.Max. impact velocity: Avoid high impact velocities. At speeds of0.3 m/s the maximum allowed energy is approx. 2 Nm. Wherehigher energies occur use a shock absorber for the initial impact.Material: Steel body with black oxide finish.Stainless steel piston rod.Propelling force (N)Operating range MVC 225 to 9004000350030002500200015001000500MVC 600and 900MVC 22512 24 36 6 12 24 36 6 12 24 36 6 12 24 36x1 x10 x100 x1000Feed rate mm/minApplication ExamplesDrilling Sheet MetalSawing Aluminium andPlastic ProfilesStrikerDrivePneumaticCylinderPrecisionFeed ControlDrill SpindleIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changePrecisionFeed ControlPrecisionFeed ControlA high force is necessary at the start of drilling whenthe drill first contacts the sheet.After the initial cut this high force causes the drill tobreak through. This results in jagged edges rather thana smooth clean hole and also causes tool breakage.By installing an ACE VC Feed Control it is possible toprecisely control the rate of drill advance. As a resultthe drilled holes are clean and consistent and drillbreakage is considerably reduced.ProfileSaw BladeVarying material types, hardness and wear on thesaw blade causes the cutting pressure to vary greatly.However the saw advance speed should remain constantas changes cause breakage of the material beingcut or of the saw blade.An ACE VC Feed Control fitted directly to the cuttinghead provides a simple and low cost solution. Thecutting speed remains constant and can be easily preset.95Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 95

Hydraulic Speed/Feed Controls DVC-32Hydraulic Speed/Feed Controls fromACE are maintenance free, self-containedsealed units for precise controlof speed in both directions of travel.The travel speed can be adjusted independantlyin each direction of travel.Applications include pick and place,machine slides and guards, flaps andhoods etc. The wide variety of mountingaccessories make the DVC easyto install on many different types ofapplication.”Travel speed can beadjusted independantlyin each directionof travel!”Piston RodRod SealAdjustment Knobfor Extension SpeedRod BearingAccumulatorPistonPressure ChamberOuter Body96Adjustment Knobfor Compression SpeedIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change96Thread for MountingAccessories

Speed/Feed Controls DVC-32Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 42 N to 2000 N)End Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA8∅ 8,1∅ 1410 breit thick10∅ 1410 10 breit thick∅ 8,1Eye A8B8C8D8E8812Kugel BallR 7∅20 ∅ 131216,51624°∅8M8x1,2513∅836°1610 326368∅1214 ∅8∅32 14Hub Stroke20 2220 L+/-2 2 mm extended ausgefahren 20930M8x1,251615∅16Fixed End Fitting -XX∅ 6∅ 13DimensionsPropelling Force N(Extension) (Compression)TypeStroke L A Bmm max. max. min. max. min. max.DVC-32-50 50 240 42 2 000 42 2 000DVC-32-50-XX 50 250 75.2 42 2 000 42 2 000DVC-32-100 100 340 42 2 000 42 1 670DVC-32-100-XX 100 350 124.4 42 2 000 42 1 670DVC-32-150 150 440 42 2 000 42 1 335DVC-32-150-XX 150 450 173.6 42 2 000 42 1 335Ordering ExampleDVC-32-50-DD-PType (DVC speed/feed controller)Body ø (32 mm)Stroke (50 mm)Piston rod end fitting (D = Clevis fork)Body end fitting (D = Clevis fork)Damping direction (P = Both directions)Damping OptionsP = Damping in both directions (Standard Model)M = Damping on out stroke(Adjustment knob at ”rear end“ free flow)N = Damping on in stroke(Adjustment knob at ”piston rod end“ free flow)The end fittings are interchangeable (except the fixed end version,detailed below) and must be positively secured by the customerto prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessoriesplease see page 124.30 3010∅ 14∅ 68303236Angle Ball Joint C812,7 thick breitStud Thread B8(Max. permittedforce 1200 N)Clevis Fork D8Swivel Eye E8∅ 8B6,4 A max.∅3210Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changePropelling Force NCompression speed control chart3000250020001500100050000 100 200 300Speed mm/secTechnical Data400DVC-32-50DVC-32-100DVC-32-150MaximumForcePropelling Force NTension speed control chart3000Max. Vorschubkraft bei Einstellung25001/81/2offen offen offen3/4 3/4open open open open offen20001500100050000 100 200 300 400Speed mm/sec97ACE speed/feed controls are self-contained and maintenance free.Mechanical stops: Provide mechanical stop 1 to 1.5 mm beforeend of each stroke direction.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any position. The endfittings must be positively secured to prevent unscrewing.To special order: Special oils and external finishes. Uni-directionaldamping (free flow in reverse direction). NOTE: End fittings shouldbe secured with Loctite or similiar.Operating temperature: 0°C to 65°C.Operating fluid: Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) 42cSt. at 40°CMaterial: Body: black anodised aluminium. Piston rod: hard chromeplated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 97

Hydraulic Dampers HB-15 to HB-70HB Hydraulic Dampers from ACE aremaintenance-free self-contained andsealed units.They are available withbody diameters from 15 mm up to70 mm and with stroke lengths of up to800 mm. As standard they are suppliedas doubleacting dampers but a singleacting version is also available. Thetravel speed is adjustable and remainsconstant throughout the stroke. (singleacting version is controllable in onedirection only, with free flow in the oppositedirection). The new adjustmentsegment on the piston makes sensitivespeed adjustment easy. ACE’s HB hydraulicdampers sport the sleek designalready seen in our gas springs anda wide range of screw on mountingaccessories make them very versatileand easy to install. Typical applicationsinclude machine guards and lids,fire safety flaps and doors, dampingoscillations of suspended loads (Powerand Free Systems) etc.SealsPiston Rod withblack ceramicfinishBearing bushMain BearingMetering OrificePistonPressure ChamberOuter Body98 HB dampers can be mounted in any position. The bodyhas a black powder coated finish and the piston rod has aspecial hard ceramic coating which provides an exceptionallylong lifetime andexcellent corrosionprotection.An extended bearingbush has been addedto the front assemblyto give additionalsupport to the mainbearing, providingimproved vibrationThread forMountingAccessoriesprotection and a betterresistance to sideloads.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change98

Hydraulic Dampers HB-15Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 20 N to 800 N)End Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA5∅ 6,1∅106 breit thick6 thick breit∅ 6,1Eye A5B5C5D5E56G510Ball KugelR 581024°∅64,5M5x0,8∅13 ∅ 81036°∅5106 2012W5-15Rod Shroud∅104,5∅ 830510∅6Stroke Hub16 L+/- L+/- 2 mm 2 mm extended ausgefahren+ max + max 6 mm 6 mm for Verstellweg adjustment setting∅132251222M5x0,812∅13∅ 812∅19DimensionsOrdering Example∅15 10Type Stroke L max.mm Extended Compression Force NHB-15-25 25 90 800HB-15-50 50 140 800HB-15-75 75 190 800HB-15-100 100 240 350HB-15-150 150 340 300HB-15-150-CC-MType (Hydraulic Damper)Body ø (15 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting C5Body End Fitting C5Damping Direction (M = out stroke only)Damping optionsM = Damping on out stroke only P = Damping in both directionsN = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffixThe end fittings are interchangeable and must be positivelysecured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite).For mounting accessories see page 123.16522202230Stud Thread B5Angle Ball Joint C5(Max. permittedforce 500 N)Clevis Fork D5Swivel Eye E5Ball Socket G5(Max. permittedforce 500 N)L L = = Stroke Hub + + 20 20Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changePA5OA5NA5PA5MA5OA5PG5A5C5NA5OG5D5MA5NG5E5For mounting accessoriessee page 123.HB-15G5Technical DataACE hydraulic dampers are self-contained andmaintenance free.Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate isachieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to itsfully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst stillpulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increasedamping or anti-clockwise to decrease damping.If the resistance increases noticeably, stop adjustingto avoid damage. The adjustment can add a max. of6 mm to the L dim. shown.Free travel: Construction of standard damper resultsin a free travel of approx 20 % of total stroke whenchanging travel direction.Mechanical stops: Provide mechanical stops 1 to1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any position.End fittings must be positively secured to preventunscrewing.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C.Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil.Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod:ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.Separator piston (-T): Available as a special optionto remove free travel. Also provides extension forceof max. 50 N. Dimension L = 2.45 x stroke + 47 mm.99Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 99

Hydraulic Dampers HB-22Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 30 N to 1800 N)End Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA8∅ 8,1∅ 1410 breit thick10 breit thick∅ 8,1Eye A8B8C8D8E88G812Ball KugelR 7∅20 ∅ 131216,51624°∅8613W8-22Rod ShroudM8x1,25∅836°1610 32636∅ 138∅1214 ∅8Stroke Hub20 L+/- L+/- 2 mm 2 mm extended ausgefahren+ max + max 6 mm 6 mm for Verstellweg adjustment setting30M8x1,25∅203091615∅16∅1315∅28Ordering Example∅22 14DimensionsType Stroke L max.mm Extended Compression Force NHB-22-50 50 150 1 800HB-22-100 100 250 1 800HB-22-150 150 350 1 800HB-22-200 200 450 1 000HB-22-250 250 550 1 000HB-22-150-DD-MType (Hydraulic Damper)Body ø (22 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting D8Body End Fitting D8Damping Direction (M = out stroke only)Damping OptionsM = Damping on out stroke only P = Damping in both directionsN = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffixThe end fittings are interchangeable and must be positivelysecured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite).For mounting accessories see page 124.20830303236Stud Thread B8Angle Ball Joint C8(Max. permittedforce 1200 N)Clevis Fork D8Swivel Eye E8Ball Socket G8(Max. permittedforce 1200 N)L L = = Stroke Hub + + 30 30100PA8OA8NA8PE8MA8OE8PG8A8E8C8NE8OG8D8ME8NG8E8For mounting accessoriessee page 124.HB-22G8Technical DataACE hydraulic dampers are self-contained andmaintenance free.Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate isachieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to itsfully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst stillpulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increasedamping and anti-clockwise to decrease damping.If the resistance increases noticeably, stop adjustingto avoid damage. The adjustment can add a max. of6 mm to the L dim. shown.Free travel: Construction of standard damper resultsin a free travel of approx. 20 % of stroke.Mechanical stops: Provide mechanical stops 1 to1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any position.End fittings must be positively secured to preventunscrewing.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C.Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.Separator piston (-T): Available as a special optionto remove free travel. Also provides extension forceof max. 100 N. Dimension L = 2.38 x stroke + 55 mm.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change100Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Hydraulic Dampers HB-28Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 30 N to 3000 N)End Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA8∅ 8,1∅ 1410 breit thick10 breit thick∅ 8,1Eye A8B8C8D8E88G812Kugel BallR 7∅20 ∅ 131216,51624°∅8613W8-28Rod ShroudM8x1,25∅836°1610 32636∅ 138∅1214 ∅10Stroke Hub20 L+/- L+/- 2 2 mm mm extended ausgefahren+ max + max 66 mm for Verstellweg adjustment setting30M8x1,25∅203091615∅16∅1315∅32DimensionsOrdering Example∅28 14Type Stroke L max.mm Extended Compression Force NHB-28-100 100 260 3 000HB-28-150 150 360 3 000HB-28-200 200 460 3 000HB-28-250 250 560 3 000HB-28-300 300 660 2 500HB-28-350 350 760 2 000HB-28-400 400 860 1 500HB-28-500 500 1 060 1 000HB-28-150-DD-MType (Hydraulic Damper)Body ø (28 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting D8Body End Fitting D8Damping Direction (M = out stroke only)Damping OptionsM = Damping on out stroke only P = Damping in both directionsN = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffixThe end fittings are interchangeable and must be positivelysecured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite).For mounting accessories see page 124.20830303236Stud Thread B8Angle Ball Joint C8(Max. permittedforce 1200 N)Clevis Fork D8Swivel Eye E8Ball Socket G8(Max. permittedforce 1200 N)L L = = Stroke Hub + + 40 40Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changePA8OA8NA8PE8MA8OE8PG8A8E8C8NE8OG8D8ME8NG8E8For mounting accessoriessee page 124.HB-28G8Technical DataACE hydraulic dampers are self-contained andmaintenance free.Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate isachieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to itsfully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst stillpulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increasedamping and anti-clockwise to decrease damping.If the resistance increases noticeably, stop adjustingto avoid damage. The adjustment can add a max. of6 mm to the L dim. shown.Free travel: Construction of the standard damperresults in free travel of approx. 20 % of stroke.Mechanical stops: Provide mechanical stops 1 to1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any position.End fittings must be positively secured to preventunscrewing.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C.Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.Separator piston (-T): Available as a special optionto remove free travel. Also provides extension forceof max. 100 N. Dimension L = 2.35 x stroke + 60 mm.101Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 101

Hydraulic Dampers HB-40Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 30 N to 10 000 N)End Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA14∅ 14,1∅2514 breit thick14 breit thick∅ 14,1Eye A14B14C14D14Ball KugelR 12,5∅30 ∅ 222028M14x1,5∅1436°21 ∅14∅40 21Stroke Hub40 L+/- L+/- 2 mm 2 mm extended ausgefahren+ max + max 6 mm 6 mm for Verstellweg adjustment setting40152545M14x1,5DimensionsType Stroke L max.mm Extended Compression Force NHB-40-100 100 275 10 000HB-40-150 150 375 10 000HB-40-200 200 475 10 000HB-40-300 300 675 10 000HB-40-400 400 875 8 000HB-40-500 500 1 075 6 000HB-40-600 600 1 275 4 000HB-40-700 700 1 475 3 000HB-40-800 800 1 675 3 0001545Stud Thread B14Angle Ball Joint C14(Max. permittedforce 3200 N)Clevis Fork D14E1419182716°∅14142716 5618∅20135730∅26Ordering ExampleHB-40-300-EE-NType (Hydraulic Damper)Body ø (40 mm)Stroke (300 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting E14Body End Fitting E14Damping Direction (N = in stroke only)Damping OptionsM = Damping on out stroke only P = Damping in both directionsN = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffix5657Swivel Eye E14W14-40Rod Shroud∅ 45The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positivelysecured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite).For mounting accessories see page 125.L L = = Stroke Hub + + 40 40Technical Data102ME14A14ND14C14ME14D14E14HB-40For mounting accessoriessee page 125.ACE hydraulic dampers are self-contained andmaintenance free.Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate isachieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to itsfully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst stillpulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increase oranti-clockwise to decrease damping. If the resistanceincreases noticeably, stop adjusting to avoid damage.The adjustment can add a max. of 6 mm to the L dim.shown.Free travel: Construction of standard damper resultsin a free travel of approx. 20 % of stroke when changingdirections.Mechanical stops: Provide mechanical stops 1 to1.5 mm before end of stroke in each direction.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any position.End fittings must be positively secured to preventunscrewing.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C(with special seals up to 120°C).Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.Separator piston (-T): Available as a special optionto remove free travel. Also provides extension forceof max. 200 N. Dimension L = 2.32 x stroke + 82 mm.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change102Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Hydraulic Dampers HB-70Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 2000 N to 50 000 N)End Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingB24M24x2Stud Thread B24∅30∅70Stroke Hub35 L+/- L+/- 2 mm 2 mm extended ausgefahren+ max + max 8 8mm for Verstellweg adjustment setting35D24∅2550 255032 100DimensionsType Stroke LmmExtendedHB-70-100 100 320HB-70-200 200 520HB-70-300 300 720HB-70-400 400 920HB-70-500 500 1120HB-70-600 600 1320HB-70-700 700 1520HB-70-800 800 1720100Clevis Fork D24Ordering ExampleHB-70-300-EE-NE243112°∅2522∅34∅42Type (Hydraulic Damper)Body ø (70 mm)Stroke (300 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting E24Body End Fitting E24Damping Direction (N = in stroke only)Swivel Eye E2430309440Damping OptionsM = Damping on out stroke onlyN = Damping on in stroke onlyP = Damping in both directionsX = Special model suffix94The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positivelysecured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite).For mounting accessories see page 125.W24-70Rod Shroud∅80L L = = Stroke Hub + + 50 50Technical DataIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeND24D24ME24E24For mounting accessoriessee page 125.HB-70ACE hydraulic dampers are self-contained andmaintenance free.Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate isachieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to itsfully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst stillpulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increase oranti-clockwise to decrease the damping. If the resistanceincreases noticeably, stop adjusting to avoiddamage. The adjustment can add a max. of 8 mm tothe L dim. shown.Free travel: Construction of standard damper resultsin a free travel of approx. 20 % of stroke when changingtravel direction.Mechanical stops: Provide mechanical stops 1 to1.5 mm before end of stroke in each direction.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any position.End fittings must be positively secured to preventunscrewing.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C(with special seals up to 120°C).Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil.Material: Body: black powder coated steel or zincplated steel. Piston rod: hard chrome plated. Endfittings: zinc plated steel.Separator piston (-T): Available as a special optionto remove free travel. Also provides extension forceof max. 250 N. Increases dimension L + 150 mm.103Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 103

Door Damper TD-28 and TDE-28AdjustableStandard Dimensions TD-28∅ 8M16x1∅ 28M16x1∅ 8∅ 23∅ 2325Stroke Hub A A 14C14L ausgefahren L extended(+ max. (+ max. 4 mm 4 for mm adjustment Verstellweg) setting)Stroke Hub BB25Ordering ExampleType (Door Damper)Body ø (28 mm)Stroke A (50 mm)Stroke B (50 mm)Return Type(F = automatic return with return spring)TD-28-50-50-FReturn Type:F = automatic return with return springD = without return spring. When one piston rod is pushedin the piston rod at the other end is pushed out (thusthe damper must be impacted from alternate ends tosequence correctly).Dimensions and Capacity ChartTypeStroke AStroke BCL max.ImpactMassmax. kgDamping ForceQmax. NEnergyper Cycle W3max. NmReturnForcemax. NReturn TypeAdjustmentTD-28-50-50 50 50 220 402 150 1550 75 30 F Tooth TypeTD-28-70-70 70 70 260 482 200 1500 70 30 F Tooth TypeTD-28-100-100 100 100 220 502 250 1500 80 40 F Tooth TypeTD-28-120-120 120 120 208 410 250 3800 165 0 D Tooth TypeStandard Dimensions TDE-28∅ 8M16x1∅ 28∅ 2325Ordering ExampleStroke Hub14TDE-28-50CL ± L 2 ± mm 2 mm ausgefahren extended(+ max. (+ max. 4 mm 4 mm for adjustment Verstellweg) setting)Type (Door Damper)Body ø (28 mm)Stroke (50 mm)104Dimensions and Capacity ChartTypeTechnical DataStrokeCL max.ACE Door Dampers are single ended or double ended workingadjustable hydraulic shock absorbers providing a smooth decelerationcharacteristic.Application areas: Cushioning of Elevator doors, automatic andsliding doors and similar applications.Adjustment: Pull the piston rod fully out and turn the knurled rodend button. This allows the damping to be separately adjusted foreach side. As a result of the adjustment mechanism the overalllength L can be increased by up to 4 mm.Operating temperature range: -20°C to 80°C.ImpactMassmax. kgDamping ForceQmax. NEnergyper Cycle W3max. NmTDE-28-50 50 130 221 4000 2400 80 30TDE-28-70 70 158 269 5600 2400 112 30TDE-28-100 100 193 333 8000 2400 160 30TDE-28-120 120 214 373 7000 2400 190 40ReturnForcemax. NImpact velocity range v: 0.1 to 2 m/s.Strokes per Minute: max. 10Material: Piston Rod: hard chrome plated steel. Cylinder body:zinc plated steel.On request: With different deceleration characteristics, specialstroke lengths, special seals etc.Calculation: The calculation of the Energy capacity (W 3 ) can bedone with the ACE selection software however be careful to observe the max. limits on the impact mass and damping force.For calculation examples see pages 13 to 15 .Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change104Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Hydraulic DampersApplication ExamplesHydraulic dampers provide a clean cut.This profile saw was designed to produce cut-outs inaluminium profiles without generating the stick-slipeffect that can often be observed when using pneumaticcylinders. This uneven motion can cause impreciseedges due to jammed saw blades or slight movementof the work-piece during cutting. Fitting the hydraulicdamper type HB 28-400-EE enabled this machine tomove smoothly along the cutting line to produce 50precision cut workpieces per hour.Clean-cut edgesProfile saw delivers perfectly clean-cut edgesIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changePrecise unreelingHydraulic dampers bring the sled movement of thistextile machine to a gentle stop.At the turning point of 130 kg reeling spools, a sledshould move up and down smoothly without causinga collision at the end of stroke position. The solutionwas provided by the hydraulic damper DVC-32-100.A self-contained sealed unit, ready to install and maintenancefree these units are ideal for precise controlof speeds in both directions of travel. The travel speedis maintained throughout the entire stroke and can beindependantly adjusted in each direction of travel.Thanks to their compact design and wide choice ofmounting accessories, these dampers could be easilyintegrated into this machine.105Textile machine unreels threads even betterStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 105

Industrial Gas Springs GS-8 to GS-70106106The ACE Gas Spring range includesPush Type, Pull Type (traction) andLockable Gas Springs all designed forthe industrial environment.ACE Industrial Gas Springs are maintenancefree and self contained. Theyare available with body diameters from8 mm up to 70 mm, and forces from10 N up to 13 000 N ex. stock. The newACE Gas Springs offer a high servicelife with a hard ceramic coating on thepiston rod. Also an integrated lowfriction bearing with a grease chamberwhich provides a very low break awayforce. All of which are superior to aconventional gas spring. It also allowsthem to be mounted in any orientation,although rod downwards is preferableif you want to take advantage of thebuilt-in end position damping. Theoptional valve allows the force to beadjusted to your specific requirements.A wide variety of interchangeable endfittings makes installation easy andversatile. They are universally applicablewherever you have lifting andlowering. They remove the need for”muscle power“ and provide controlledmotion for lids, hoods, machineguards etc. The ACE Selection Softwarequickly specifies the correct gasspring for your individual applicationand we can deliver, usually within24 hours. ACE Traction Gas springswork in the pull direction and areavailable with body diameters of19 mm and 28 mm. ACE LockableGas springs can be locked or unlockedanywhere through their strokelength. They are available in rigidor ”spring“ locking versionswith forces up to 1300 N. Thelock release can be operatedby a remote hydraulic pushbuttonor manually operated.Piston Rod withHard CeramicCoatingGas Valve”Force adjustable to yourspecific requirements –with gas valveex. stock!”Filled with HighPressure Nitrogen GasPrecision Steel Tube –Powder Coated forCorrosion ProtectionMetering Orifice for Controlled Extensionand Compression VelocitiesOil Zone for End Position Dampingand Lubrication (Recommendedmounting position: piston rod downwards)Integral Grease Chamberfor Increased LifetimeLow FrictionBearingACE Industrial Gas Springs provide a maintenance freesealed for life system, being filled with high pressurenitrogen gas. The oil zone filling provides end positiondamping and internal lubrication for a long lifetime. Onthe extension stroke of the gas spring, for example whenopening a car tailgate, the nitrogen gas flows through themetering orifice in the piston to provide a controlledopening speed and the oilzone provides dampingat the fully open positionto avoid impact damage.The gas spring should bemounted ”rod down“ forthis damping to be effective.On closing the tailgatethe gas spring helpssupport the weight. Themetering orifice controlsthe extension and compressionvelocities of thegas spring.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Function, Calculation and Mounting TipsGas springs are universally accepted, wherever you want topush, pull, lift, lower, or position covers, lids or other componentsby hand without using an external energy source.ACE gas springs are individually filled to a predeterminedpressure to suit a customer’s requirement (extension Force F1).The cross-sectional area of the piston rod and filling pressuredetermines the extension force F=p*A. During the compressionof the piston rod, nitrogen flows through an orifice in thepiston from the full bore side of the piston to the annulus.The nitrogen is compressed by the volume of the piston rod.As the piston rod is compressed the pressure increases, soincreasing the reaction force (progression). The force dependson the proportional relationship between the piston rod andthe inner tube diameter, which is approximately linear.Gas Spring Force-Stroke CharacteristicsStandard Gas Spring (Push Type)5F3einfahrendcompressionausfahrendextensionF1Nutzhub mmTotal Gesamthub Stroke mmF4F25F RWhen compressing the piston rod, there is an additionalfriction force caused by the contact pressure of the seals(this only occurs during the compression stroke) F RF3 = force at the beginning of the compression strokeF4 = force at the end of the compression strokeModel Progression* FrictionF R **approx.% approx. in NGS-8 28 10GS-10 20 10GS-12 25 20GS-15 27 20GS-19 36 - 42*** 30GS-22 39 - 50*** 30GS-28 60 - 95*** 40GS-40 47 - 53*** 50GS-70 25 50GBF-28 50 60GBS-28 50 60** depending on the filling force*** depending on the strokeF1 = nominal force at 20°C (this is the pressure figure normally used when specifying the gas spring)F2 = force in the complete compressed positionTraction Gas Spring (Pull Type)Model Progression* Friction F R **approx.% approx . in NGZ-19 10 30GZ-28 20 405F4F2outward strokeauszieheninward strokeeinziehenF3F1Nutzhub mmTotal Gesamthub Stroke mm5F RWhen extending the piston rod, there is an additionalfriction force caused by the contact pressure of the seals(this only occurs during the extension stroke) F RF3 = force at the beginning of the extension strokeF4 = force at the end of the extension strokeF1 = nominal force at 20°C (this is the pressure figure normally used whenspecifying the gas spring)F2 = force in the complete extended position* The Progression (the slope of the force line in thediagrams above) is due to the reduction of theinternal gas volume as the piston rod moves fromits initial position to its fully stroked position.The approx. progression values given above forstandard springs can be altered on request.Effect of Temperature: The nominalF1 figure is given at 20°C. An increaseof 10°C will increase force by 3.4 %.Filling Tolerance on F1 Force: -20 N to +40 N or5 % to 7 %.Service LifeIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeFilling tolerance: -20 N to +40 N or 5 % to 7 %Effect of temperature: An increase in temperature of each10°C will increase force by approx. 3.4%.Temperature range: -20°C to +80°C (special sealsfrom -45°C to 200°C).Mounting: The gas springs should ideally be installed withthe piston rod pointing downwards to use the end dampingduring the extension stroke to smoothly decelerate themotion of the gas spring. Some ACE gas springs have auniquely designed front bearing with an integrated greasechamber allowing the gas spring to be mounted and operatedin any position if required.When fitting the gas springs ensure that the stroke is fullyextended (GZ type fully compressed), this makes assemblyand disassembly much easier. Support the moving mass/flap during assembly or disassembly to prevent accident.To avoid twisting or side loading, it is recommended that balljoints or other pivoted mounting attachments are used.The mounting attachments must always be securely tightenedonto the threaded studs of the gas spring.ACE gas springs are maintenance-free. DO NOT oil or greasethe piston rod!The piston rod must be protected from any hits, scratches or dirtand especially paint. Damage to the surface finish of the pistonrod will destroy the sealing system and cause loss of pressure.The outer body must not be deformed or mechanically damaged.ACE gas springs can be stored in any position. Experience hasshown that long storage periods do not result in loss of pressure.However you may experience some ”stiction” requiring ahigher effort to move the gas spring for the first time after along storage period.Generally, ACE gas springs are tested to 70 000 to 100 000complete strokes (the automobile industry requires 50 000strokes). During these tests the gas spring must not lose morethan 5 % of its pressure. Depending upon the application andoperating environment, the service life of these gas springsmay be much longer. In practise 500 000 strokes or more havebeen achieved on some applications.Lifetime traction gas spring see pages 118 and 119.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 107107

Calculation, Safety Hints, Filling KitCalculationTo obtain the ideal selection to give the optimum operationfor a gas spring it is important to identify the followingpoints:– gas spring size– required gas spring stroke– mounting points on flap and frame– extended length of the gas spring– required extension force– hand forces throughout the complete movementof the flapWith our free calculation service you can eliminate thetime-consuming calculation and fax us your details.Just complete the information shown on the calculationformulae page number 127.Please attach a sketch of your application (a simple handsketch is sufficient) in side view. Our application engineerswill determine the optimum mounting points and calculatethe ideal situation to satisfy your requirements.You will receive a quotation showing the opening andclosing forces and our recommended mounting pointsto suit your application.”Calculation offerwith all required detailsfor assembly!”Safety InstructionsGas springs are filled with pure nitrogen gas. Nitrogen is aninert gas that does not burn or explode and is not poisonous.Please note!: the internal pressure of gas springs canbe up to 300 Bars. Do not attempt to open or modify them.Disposal/Recycling: please ask for our disposal recommendations.ACE gas springs are designed and tested to withstand thehighest demands and to provide maximum reliability.Installation recommendations and our expert advisors willassist you in choosing your individual gas spring. But: theuser is ultimately responsible for his own selection! Youshould therefore satisfy yourself of the functionality andservice life of the product you choose.All gas springs are marked with a warning sign ”Do not open,high pressure”, the part number and the production date.We are not responsible for any damages, of whatever kind,that arise due to goods that are not marked accordingly.Discharging/degassing gas springs: for valve gas springs,see page 121.108The ACE Gas Spring Refilling Kit gives the ability to fill, oradjust pressure (or force) of a Gas Spring on site.You gain independence and flexibility. The refilling kitincludes all the parts necessary to fill your ACE gas springson site (models with adjustment valve only). Only the highpressure nitrogen bottle is not included in the kit.Gas spring refilling kit with one filling bell.Please indicate the thread size.”Independence andflexibility!”Availablefilling bellsM3.5–8: GS-8M3.5–10: GS-10M3.5–12: GS-12M5: GS-15M8: GS-19GS-22GZ-19M10: GS-28GZ-28M14: GS-40Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change108Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

GS-8 Gas Springs – Push TypeExtension Forces 10 N to 100 NEnd Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA3.5B3.5C3.5D3.5G3.5Kugel BallR 484M3,5x0,6∅ 4∅ 4,1∅13 ∅ 88,510W3.5-8Rod Shroud36°485 16∅135∅ 8∅84 breit thick8∅3Stroke Hub12 L+/- L+/-2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended618M4x0,76∅ 8 1818∅11DimensionsTypeStrokemmLExtendedGS-8-20 20 72GS-8-30 30 92GS-8-40 40 112GS-8-50 50 132GS-8-60 60 152GS-8-80 80 192Ordering ExampleType (Push Type)Body ø (8 mm)Stroke (30 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting A3.5Body End Fitting C3.5Valve V3.5Nominal Force F1 30 NThe end fittings are interchangeable.For adjustment valve add suffix -V.For mounting accessories see page 123.L L = = Stroke Hub + + 10 104 breit thick∅8 8GS-8-30-AC-V-30125518∅ 4,116Eye A3.5Stud Thread B3.5Angle Ball Joint C3.5Clevis Fork D3.5Ball Socket G3.5U3.5AdjusterKnobSee page 121.V3.5Adjustment ValveGS-8Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeOA3.5NA3.5A3.5A3.5OG3.5C3.5NG3.5D3.5G3.5For mounting accessoriessee page 123.Technical DataACE gas springs are self-contained and maintenancefree. Standard gas springs with valve – ex stock.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any positionbut we recommend mounting with piston rod downwards.End position damping length: approx. 5 mm.Progression: approx. 28%, F2 max. 130 N.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C.Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil(for end damping).Available force range F1 at 20°C: 10 to 100 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:stainless steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.To special order: Without damping, extended lengthdamping, special force curves, special lengths,alternative end fittings.109Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 109

GS-10 Gas Springs – Push TypeExtension Forces 10 N to 100 NEnd Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA3.5B3.5C3.5D3.5G3.5Kugel BallR 48,584M3,5x0,6∅ 4∅ 4,1∅13 ∅ 81036°W3.5-10Rod Shroud485 16∅135∅ 8∅84 breit thick8∅3Stroke Hub12 L+/- L+/-2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended618M4x0,76∅ 8 1818∅13DimensionsTypeStrokemmLExtendedGS-10-20 20 72GS-10-30 30 92GS-10-40 40 112GS-10-50 50 132GS-10-60 60 152GS-10-80 80 192Ordering ExampleType (Push Type)Body ø (10 mm)Stroke (80 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting A3.5Body End Fitting C3.5Valve V3.5Nominal Force F1 60 NThe end fittings are interchangeable.For adjustment valve add suffix -V.For mounting accessories see page 123.4 breit thick∅10 8GS-10-80-AC-V-60125518∅ 4,116Eye A3.5Stud Thread B3.5Angle Ball Joint C3.5Clevis Fork D3.5Ball Socket G3.5U3.5AdjusterKnobL L = = Stroke Hub + + 10 10See page 121.V3.5Adjustment ValveGS-10110OA3.5NA3.5A3.5A3.5OG3.5C3.5NG3.5D3.5G3.5For mounting accessoriessee page 123.Technical DataACE gas springs are self-contained and maintenancefree. Standard gas springs with valve – ex stock.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any positionbut we recommend mounting with piston rod downwards.End position damping length: approx. 5 mm.Progression: approx. 20 %, F2 max. 120 N.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C.Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil(for end damping).Available force range F1 at 20°C: 10 to 100 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:stainless steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.To special order: Without damping, extended lengthdamping, special force curves, special lengths,alternative end fittings.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change110Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

GS-12 Gas Springs – Push TypeExtension Forces 10 N to 180 NEnd Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA3.5B3.5C3.5D3.5G3.5Kugel BallR 484M3,5x0,6∅4∅ 4,1∅13 ∅ 88,51036°485 16W3.5-12Rod Shroud∅135∅ 8∅84 breit thick8∅4Stroke Hub12 L+/-L+/-22 mmmmausgefahren extended618M4x0,7The end fittings are interchangeable.For adjustment valve add suffix -V.∅ 86 For mounting accessories see page 123.1818∅154 thick breit∅12 8DimensionsType Stroke L max. F1mmExtendedGS-12-20 20 72 180 NGS-12-40 40 112 180 NGS-12-50 50 132 180 NGS-12-60 60 152 180 NGS-12-80 80 192 150 NGS-12-100 100 232 150 NGS-12-120 120 272 120 NGS-12-150 150 332 100 NOrdering ExampleType (Push Type)Body ø (12 mm)Stroke (100 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting A3.5Body End Fitting A3.5Valve V3.5Nominal Force F1 30 NGS-12-100-AA-V-30125518∅ 4,116Eye A3.5Stud Thread B3.5Angle Ball Joint C3.5Clevis Fork D3.5Ball Socket G3.5U3.5AdjusterKnobL L = = Stroke Hub + + 10 10See page 121.V3.5Adjustment ValveGS-12Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeOA3.5NA3.5A3.5A3.5OG3.5C3.5NG3.5D3.5G3.5For mounting accessoriessee page 123.Technical DataACE gas springs are self-contained and maintenancefree. Standard gas springs with valve – ex stock.Mounting position: can be mounted in any positionbut we recommend mounting with the piston roddownwards so that the damping is effective at endof extension stroke.End position damping length: approx. 10 mm.Progression: approx. 25 %, F2 max. 225 N.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C.Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil(for end damping).Available force range F1 at 20°C: 10 to 180 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:stainless steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.To special order: Without damping, extended lengthdamping, special force curves, special lengths (max.150 mm stroke), alternative end fittings.111Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 111

GS-15 Gas Springs – Push TypeExtension Forces 20 N to 400 NEnd Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA5∅ 6,1∅106 breit thick6 breit thick∅ 6,1Eye A5B5C5D5Kugel BallR 5M5x0,8∅13 ∅ 881036°∅510∅6Stroke Hub16 L+/- L+/-2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended51222M5x0,8DimensionsType Stroke LmmExtendedGS-15-20 20 66GS-15-40 40 106GS-15-50 50 126GS-15-60 60 146GS-15-80 80 186GS-15-100 100 226GS-15-120 120 266GS-15-150 150 326∅15 1016522Stud Thread B5Angle Ball Joint C5Clevis Fork D5105E56F524°∅61210M5x0,845°106 20∅10∅134,51230SW13 AF13∅ 8Ordering Example GS-15-150-AC-V-400Type (Push Type)Body ø (15 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting A5Body End Fitting C5Valve V5Nominal Force F1 400 NThe end fittings are interchangeable.For adjustment valve add suffix -V.For mounting accessories see page 123.2030Swivel Eye E5Inline Ball Joint F5G52028∅1310∅ 828Ball Socket G5112PA54,5W5-15Rod Shroud∅ 8OA52212∅19PA5NA5MA5OA5L L = = Stroke Hub + + 20 20PG5A5NA5C5OG5D5MA5NG5E5F5For mounting accessoriessee page 123.G5GS-15Technical DataACE gas springs are self-contained and maintenancefree. Standard gas springs with valve – ex stock.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any positionbut we recommend mounting with the piston roddownwards so that the damping is effective at endof extension stroke.End position damping length: approx. 10 mm.Progression: approx. 27 %, F2 max. 500 N.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C.Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil(for end damping).Available force range F1 at 20°C: 10 to 400 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.To special order: Without damping, extended lengthdamping, special force curves, special lengths (max.250 mm stroke), alternative end fittings, stainlesssteel (see page 126).22U5Adjuster5KnobSee page 121.V5Adjustment ValveIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change112Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

GS-19 Gas Springs – Push TypeExtension Forces 50 N to 700 NEnd Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA8∅ 8,1∅ 1410 breit thick10 breit thick∅ 8,1Eye A8B8C8D8Ball KugelR 7∅20 ∅ 131216,516M8x1,25∅836°814 ∅8∅19 14Stroke Hub20 L+/- L+/-2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended2091530M8x1,25DimensionsType Stroke LmmExtendedGS-19-50 50 164GS-19-100 100 264GS-19-150 150 364GS-19-200 200 464GS-19-250 250 564GS-19-300 300 664Ordering Example GS-19-150-AC-V-600830Stud Thread B8Angle Ball Joint C8Clevis Fork D8E88F824°∅813121610 32∅12∅1661636M8x1,25 SW15 AF1545°∅ 12Type (Push Type)Body ø (19 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting A8Body End Fitting C8Valve V8Nominal Force F1 600 NThe end fittings are interchangeable.For adjustment valve add suffix -V.For mounting accessories see page 124.3236Swivel Eye E8Inline Ball Joint F8G82231∅2012∅1331Ball Socket G8Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeW8-19Rod ShroudPA86∅ 13OA83015∅23PE8NA8MA8OE8L L = = Stroke Hub + + 30 30PG8A8E8NE8C8OG8D8ME8NG8E8F8For mounting accessoriessee page 124.G8GS-19Technical DataStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 11330U8Adjuster8KnobSee page 121.V8Adjustment ValveACE gas springs are self-contained and maintenancefree, with strong end position damping and slowextension speed. Standard gas springs with valve –ex stock.Mounting postion: Can be mounted in any positionbut we recommend mounting with the piston roddownwards so that the damping is effective at endof extension stroke.End damping length: approx. 20 to 60 mm (dependingon the stroke).Progression: approx. 36 to 42 %, F2 max. 995 N.Operating temperature: -20°C to +80°C(with special seals up to 200°C).Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil (for end damping).Available force range F1 at 20°C: 50 to 700 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.To special order: Without damping, standard lengthdamping, special force curves, special lengths,alternative end fittings, stainless steel (see page 126).113

GS-22 Gas Springs – Push TypeExtension Forces 80 N to 1300 N114114End Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA8B8C8D8E88F8G824°∅822Kugel BallR 7∅20 ∅ 131216,5161312M8x1,2545°W8-22Rod ShroudPA86M8x1,25∅836°1610 32636∅ 13∅ 8,18∅12SW15 AF15OA831∅2030M8x1,253091615∅16∅ 1212∅ 1315∅ 1410 breit thick14∅ 10Stroke Hub20 L+/- L+/-2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended∅28PE8NA8MA8OE8DimensionsType Stroke LmmExtendedGS-22-50 50 164GS-22-100 100 264GS-22-150 150 364GS-22-200 200 464GS-22-250 250 564GS-22-300 300 664GS-22-350 350 764GS-22-400 400 864GS-22-450 450 964GS-22-500 500 1064GS-22-550 550 1164GS-22-600 600 1264GS-22-650 650 1364GS-22-700 700 1464L L = = Stroke Hub + + 30 30PG8Ordering Example GS-22-150-AE-V-800Type (Push type)Body ø (22 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting A8Body End Fitting E8Valve V8Nominal Force F1 800 NThe end fittings are interchangeable.For adjustment valve add suffix -V.For mounting accessories see page 124.A8E8NE8C8OG8D8ME8NG8E8F8For mounting accessoriessee page 124.G810 breit thick∅ 22 14GS-22Technical Data20883030∅ 8,1ACE gas springs are self-contained and maintenancefree, with strong end position damping and slowextension speed. Standard gas springs with valve –ex stock.Mounting Position: Can be mounted in any positionbut we recommend mounting with piston rod downwardsso that damping is effective at end of extensionstroke.End damping length: approx. 20 to 70 mm (dependingon the stroke).Progression: approx. 39 to 50 %, F2 max. 1950 N.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C(with special seals up to 200°C).Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil (for end damping).Available force range F1 at 20°C: 80 to 1300 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.To special order: Without damping, standard lengthdamping, special force curves, special lengths,alternative end fittings, stainless steel (see page 126).323136Eye A8Stud Thread B8Angle Ball Joint C8(Max. permittedforce 1200 N)Clevis Fork D8Swivel Eye E8Inline Ball JointF8(Max. permittedforce1200 N)Ball Socket G8(Max. permittedforce 1200 N)U8AdjusterKnobSee page 121.V8Adjustment ValveStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.comIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

GS-28 Gas Springs – Push TypeExtension Forces 150 N to 2500 NEnd Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA10B10C10D10E109F10M10x1,51424°∅1025Ball KugelR 9∅24 ∅ 1616202045°16M10x1,5∅1036°2012 40743∅ 8,110∅15SW17 AF174317 ∅14∅28 17Stroke Hub25 L+/- L+/-2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended25935M10x1,51818∅19SW17 AF1719∅1812 breit thickDimensionsType Stroke LmmExtendedGS-28-100 100 262GS-28-150 150 362GS-28-200 200 462GS-28-250 250 562GS-28-300 300 662GS-28-350 350 762GS-28-400 400 862GS-28-450 450 962GS-28-500 500 1062GS-28-550 550 1162GS-28-600 600 1262GS-28-650 650 1362GS-28-700 700 1462GS-28-750 750 1562Ordering ExampleType (Push type)Body ø (28 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting E10Body End Fitting E10Valve V10Nominal Force F1 1200 NThe end fittings are interchangeable.For adjustment valve add suffix -V.For mounting accessories see page 124.GS-28-150-EE-V-120012 breit thick1335∅ 8,1404343Eye A10Stud Thread B10Angle Ball Joint C10(Max. permittedforce 1800 N)Clevis Fork D10Swivel Eye E10Inline Ball Joint F10(Max. permittedforce 1800 N)W10-28Rod Shroud∅ 32L L = = Stroke Hub + + 40 4013U10AdjusterKnobSee page 121.V10Adjustment ValveIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeMA10PE10A10E10C10 D10OE10ME10E10F10For mounting accessoriessee page 124.GS-28Technical DataACE gas springs are self-contained and maintenancefree, with strong end position damping and slowextension speed. Standard gas springs with valve –ex stock.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any positionbut we recommend mounting with piston rod downwardsso that damping is effective at end of extensionstroke.End damping length: approx. 30 to 70 mm (dependingon the stroke).Progression: approx. 60 to 95 %, F2 max. 4875 N.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C(with special seals up to 200°C).Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil (for end damping).Available force range F1 at 20°C: 100 to 2500 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.To special order: without damping, standard lengthdamping, special force curves, special lengths,alternative end fittings, stainless steel (see page 126).Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 115115

GS-40 Gas Springs – Push TypeExtension Forces 500 N to 5000 NEnd Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA14∅14,1∅2514 breit thick14 breit thick∅ 14,1Eye A14B14C14D14Kugel BallR 12,5∅30 ∅ 222028M14x1,5∅1436°21 ∅20∅40 21Stroke Hub40 L+/- L+/-2 2 mm ausgefahren extended40152545M14x1,5DimensionsType Stroke LmmExtendedGS-40-100 100 317GS-40-150 150 417GS-40-200 200 517GS-40-300 300 717GS-40-400 400 917GS-40-500 500 1117GS-40-600 600 1317GS-40-800 800 1717GS-40-1000 1000 21171545Stud Thread B14Angle Ball Joint C14(Max. permittedforce 3200 N)Clevis Fork D142714E1419F141816°M14x1,5∅1430°402716 5618W14-40Rod Shroud∅201357SW24 AF245630∅26SW22 AF2218∅ 45Ordering Example GS-40-150-DD-V-3500Type (Push type)Body ø (40 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting D14Body End Fitting D14Valve V14Nominal Force F1 3500 NThe end fittings are interchangeable.For adjustment valve add suffix -V.For mounting accessories see page 125.L L = = Stroke Hub + + 40 40565657Swivel Eye E14Inline Ball Joint F14(Max. permittedforce3200 N)U1415AdjusterKnobSee page 121.V14Adjustment Valve116116ME14A14ND14C14D14ME14E14F14For mounting accessoriessee page 125.GS-40Technical DataACE gas springs are self-contained and maintenancefree, with strong end position damping and slowextension speed. Standard gas springs with valve –ex stock.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any positionbut we recommend mounting with piston rod downwardsso that damping is effective at end of extensionstroke.End damping length: approx. 30–70 mm (dependingon the stroke).Progression: approx. 47 to 53 %, F2 max. 7650 N.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C(with special seals up to 200°C).Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil (for end damping).Available force range F1 at 20°C: 500 to 5000 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel.To special order: Without damping, standard lengthdamping, special force curves, special lengths,alternative end fittings, stainless steel (see page 126).Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.comIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change

Large Gas Springs GS-70Extension Forces 2000 N to 13 000 NEnd Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingB24M24x2Stud Thread B24∅30Stroke Hub35 L+/- L+/-2 2 mm ausgefahren extended∅7035D24∅2550 255032 100DimensionsType Stroke LmmExtendedGS-70-100 100 320GS-70-200 200 520GS-70-300 300 720GS-70-400 400 920GS-70-500 500 1120GS-70-600 600 1320GS-70-700 700 1520GS-70-800 800 1720100Clevis Fork D24Ordering ExampleGS-70-200-EE-8000E2412°∅2522∅34∅42Type (Push Type)Body ø (70 mm)Stroke (200 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting E24Body End Fitting E24Nominal Force F1 8000 NSwivel Eye E243130309440The end fittings are interchangeable.For mounting accessories see page 125.Standard version includes valve.94W24-70Rod Shroud∅80L L = = Stroke Hub + + 50 50Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeND24D24ME24E24For mounting accessoriessee page 125.GS-70Technical DataACE gas springs are self-contained and maintenancefree. Standard gas springs with valve.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any positionbut we recommend mounting with piston rod downwardsso that damping is effective at end of extensionstroke.End damping length: approx. 10 mm.Progression: approx. 25%, F2 max. 16 250 N.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C(with special seals up to 200°C).Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil(for end damping).Available force range F1 at 20°C: 2 000 to 13 000 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel or zinc platedsteel. Piston rod: hard chrome plated. End fittings:zinc plated steel.To special order: Without damping, extended lengthdamping, special force curves, special lengths,alternative end fittings.117Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 117

GZ-19 Traction Gas Springs – Pull TypeTraction (Pull) Forces 30 N to 300 NEnd Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA8∅ 8,1∅1410 breit thick10 breit thick∅ 8,1Eye A8B8C8D8Kugel BallR 7∅20 ∅ 131216,516M8x1,25∅836°814 ∅620 Stroke HubL+/- L+/-2 2 mm eingefahren retracted20101530M8x1,25DimensionsType Stroke LmmRetractedGZ-19-30 30 112GZ-19-50 50 132GZ-19-100 100 182GZ-19-150 150 232GZ-19-200 200 282GZ-19-250 250 332Ordering Example GZ-19-150-AC-V-250∅19 141030Stud Thread B8Angle Ball Joint C8Clevis Fork D8E88G81224°∅861610 3213636∅ 13∅12∅203016∅16∅1315Type (Pull Type)Body ø (19 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting A8Body End Fitting C8Valve V8Traction Force F1 250 NThe end fittings are interchangeable and mustbe positively secured by the customer to preventunscrewing (i.e. Loctite).For adjustment valve add suffix -VFor mounting accessories see page 124.303236Swivel Eye E8Ball Socket G8WZ8-19Rod Shroud∅23L L = = Stroke Hub + + 30 3010118UZ8 V8Adjuster AdjustmentKnobValveSee page 121.PA8OA8NA8PE8MA8OE8PG8A8E8C8NE8OG8D8ME8NG8E8For mounting accessoriessee page 124.G8GZ-19Technical DataACE traction gas springs are self-contained andmaintenance free and supplied without damping.Standard gas springs with valve – ex stock.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any position.Install mechanical stop in extended position.Progression: approx. 10 %, F2 max. 330 N.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C.Lifetime approx. 2000 m.Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil (for lubrication).Available traction force range F1 at 20°C: 30 to 300 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:hard chrome plated. End fittings: zinc plated steel.Note: Secure fittings with Loctite or similar.To special order: Special force curves, special lengths,alternative end fittings.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change118Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

GZ-28 Traction Gas Springs – Pull TypeTraction (Pull) Forces 150 N to 1200 NEnd Fitting Standard Dimensions End FittingA10∅ 8,1∅1812 breit thick12 breit thick∅ 8,1Eye A10B10C10D10Kugel BallR 9720M10x1,5∅101017 ∅102512∅24 ∅ 16162036°1835M10x1,5Stroke Hub∅28 17L+/-2 2 mm eingefahren retracted25DimensionsType Stroke LmmRetractedGZ-28-30 30 130GZ-28-50 50 150GZ-28-100 100 200GZ-28-150 150 250GZ-28-200 200 300GZ-28-250 250 350GZ-28-300 300 400GZ-28-350 350 450GZ-28-400 400 500GZ-28-450 450 550GZ-28-500 500 600GZ-28-550 550 650GZ-28-600 600 700GZ-28-650 650 7501235Stud Thread B10Angle Ball Joint C10Clevis Fork D10E1091424°∅102012 4016743WZ10-28Rod Shroud∅1518∅19Ordering Example GZ-28-150-EE-V-800Type (Pull Type)Body ø (28 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Piston Rod End Fitting E10Body End Fitting E10Valve V10Traction Force F1 800 NThe end fittings are interchangeable and mustbe positively secured by the customer to preventunscrewing (i.e. Loctite).For adjustment valve add suffix -VFor mounting accessories see page 124.4043Swivel Eye E10∅32L L = = Stroke Hub + + 40 40Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeUZ10 V10Adjuster AdjustmentKnobValveSee page 121.12MA10PE10A10 C10D10 E10E10OE10ME10For mounting accessoriessee page 124.GZ-28Technical DataACE traction gas springs are self-contained andmaintenance free. Standard gas springs with valve –ex stock.Mounting position: Can be mounted in any position.Install mechanical stop in extended position.Progression: approx. 20 %, F2 max. 1440 N.Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°C.Lifetime approx. 2000 m.Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas and oil (for lubrication).Available traction force range F1 at 20°C: 100 to 1200 N.Material: Body: powder coated steel. Piston rod:hard chrome plated. End fittings: zinc plated steel.Note: secure end fittings with Loctite or similar.To special order: Protective rod shroud (dim L + 10 mm),special force curves, special lengths, alternative endfittings.119Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 119

6 SW AF 17GBF/GBS-28 Lockable Gas Springs – Push TypeExtension Forces 100 N to 1300 NNEWEnd Fitting12 thick breit ∅ 18∅ 8,1A10Auslösestift Release Pin12thick breitBall KugelR 10∅8,1Auslösekopf Release Head6453614Technical Data30R min18∅ 20∅ 4M10x1ACE gas springs are self-containedand maintenance free.Mounting position: In any position.Progression: approx. 50 %,F 2 max = 1950 NOperating temperature range:-20°C to +80°C.Hydraulic Remote Release:10°C to 60°C.Operating fluid: Nitrogen gas & oil.Available force range: 100 N to1300 N.Rigid locking force: 6 to 8 timesthe extension force (GBS).Material: Body: powder coatedsteel. Piston rod: hard chromeplated. End fittings: zinc platedsteel.To special order: Special lengths,force adjustment valve etc.GBF Type: is locked by blockinggas flow across the piston.GBS Type: is locked by blockingoil flow across the piston, givinga rigid hydraulic lock.∅ 10Stroke HubSpecify Schlauchlänge length of bei tubewhen Bestellung ordering. angeben,max. 1500 mmL+/- L+/-2 2 mm ausgefahren extendedAF SW 22 22 5,5 ∅ 21 ± 0,1∅ 25∅ 2010 17min 37,559DimensionsGBF-28 spring lockingType Stroke LmmExtendedGBF-28-50 50 190GBF-28-80 80 270GBF-28-100 100 310GBF-28-150 150 410GBF-28-200 200 490GBF-28-300 300 700GBF-28-400 400 890For mountings and end fittings for rear ofbody see page 124.Ordering Example GBF-28-150-1200-V-AType (Push Type)Spring LockingBody ø (28 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Nominal Force F 1 1200 NValve V10Rear Eye Fitting A10∅ 282517Ball KugelR R99A10RHD-L (up to 600 N)RHD-H (more than 600 N)Direct Hydraulic ReleaseDimensionsGBS-28 rigid lockingType Stroke LmmExtendedGBS-28-35 35 190GBS-28-60 60 270GBS-28-100 100 333GBS-28-130 130 418GBS-28-150 150 495GBS-28-200 200 553GBS-28-250 250 710GBS-28-300 300 800GBS-28-450 450 1 135GBS-28-500 500 1 250Ordering Example GBS-28-150-800-V-DType (Push Type)Rigid LockingBody ø (28 mm)Stroke (150 mm)Nominal Force F 1 800 NValve V10Rear Clevis Fork Fitting D10120Hydraulic Remote Release Systemfor Lockable Gas Springs.The Hydraulic release system is maintenance free andself-contained. The release knob is designed for directlymounting into a control panel. The release system isavailable in direct, parallel and OR versions. The maximumconnection tube length between the release knoband the lockable Gas Spring is 1500 mm.Function: Depressing the remote release knob causesa small pressure rise which is transmitted to the releasehead fitted onto the end of the gas spring piston rod.This actuates the release pin in the end of the rod and”unlocks“ the gas spring. As long as the release knob isdepressed the gas spring is unlocked and operates as anormal gas spring. Once the release knob is releasedthe gas spring locks again.Ordering example: RHP-L-500-500-500 (x, y, z = 500 mm each)Mechanical release systems see page 121.RHP-L up to 600 Nmore than 600 N on requestParallel-ReleaseTwo gas springs withone hydr. release knobxy z xRHO-L up to 600 NRHO-H more than 600 NOR-ReleaseOne gas spring withtwo hydr. release knobsyzIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change120Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Mechanical Release VariableRelease Systems for GBF/GBS-28Adjustment Instruction ValveRMVRMANEWLockable/Adjustable Release with Bowden CableRelease the lock by moving the lever up or down.The 90° offset through hole allows a simple variablemounting.4010Single release by operating thelever or permanently releaseby locking the lever in the openposition.2 offset hole90° offset Standard length L forStroke Hubbowden wire (pleaseindicate when ordering)518 mmL± 3 mm768 mm∅ 8Handgriff Grip1018 mm1268 mm1518 mm407,54020∅ 8,2 ± 0,115 - 0,2114Handgriff GripSW10 AF10SW8 AF8M655 46,520t = 18∅ 3*15deep tief≈ 15≈ 110released entriegelte position Position55603717,5Adjustment Instructions ValveIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change1. Hold gas spring piston rod down.2. Remove any fitting attached to the body end of the gasspring (GZ version the piston rod).3. Insert adjuster knob on thread end on the cylinder body(on GZ version thread end on the piston rod).When resistance is felt, proceed slowly but with caution.This opens the valve and you can hear the nitrogenescaping and reducing pressure. Turn back the adjustingknob immediately, to avoid too much nitrogenbeing discharged.4. After adjustment, remove the Adjuster knob, mount theend fittings and test the gas spring in your application.If necessary repeat the procedure.If you use 2 gas springs in parallel, both gas springsshould have the same force to avoid bending forces orside load on the application. If necessary return to ACEto refill both gas springs to the same (average) force.GSGZIf too much nitrogen is discharged, the units can be returnedto ACE for re-gassing.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com121121

Gas Spring and Hydraulic Damper AccessoriesEnd Fittings and Mounting BracketsJust drill 4 holes – ACE does all therest!By taking advantage of the very extensiverange of ACE End Fittings andMounting Brackets you can easily andsimply install our gas springs and hydraulicdampers. You profit fromthe wide variety of DIN Standard endfittings such as swivel eyes, clevisforks, angle ball joints, inline balljoints, and complementary ball sockets.ACE also offers eye fittings made ofwear resistant steel to meet the higherspecification requirements foundin industrial applications.With over 30 different types availablethese newly developed mountingaccessories provide an extensiverange of combinations for optimumInstallation.With the ACE Selection Programmeyou can choose not only your gassprings but also the ideal end fittingsand mounting brackets for your individualapplication example.The complete range of accessoriesare also available as individual components.InterchangeableCombinable122The wide range of Mounting Brackets availableIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change122

Mounting Accessories for Gas Springs and DampersAccessories M3.5x0.6GS 8, GS 10, GS 12A3.5 Eye C3.5D3.5G3.5Angle Ball JointClevis ForkBall SocketDIN 71802DIN 71752DIN 71805∅134 thick breit∅ 8∅4∅134,1∅ 8∅ 8M3,58,5M3,5864M3,54681018∅ 86818M4x0,74 125 1636°*max. force 225 N *max. force 225 N *max. force 225 N *max. force 225 NM3,5*max. force 180 NNA3.5NG3.5*max. force 180 NOA3.5OG3.51,5∅81619∅3,333,5 4,512,5410 4,5∅40,5 ∅85,5 4,5∅8∅4,35181355161 ∅421,54,5 4,55,5∅814Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeAccessories M5x0.8 GS 15, HB 15Angle Inline Ball JointC5 F5 DIN 71802Ball JointClevisD5 DIN 71752ForkSwivel EyeA5 Eye E5 DIN 6486 thick breit∅13 ∅ 8∅5∅10∅136,1 ∅ 10∅6M5 45° AF13 SW13∅ 84,5M5M5 810 5M5M56M5121010221012101285 16M56 201030202836°Attention! Must only be usedwith compression loads.*max. force 800 N *max. force 500 N *max. force 800 N *max. force 800 N *max. force 500 NBall Socket *max. force 500 N*max. force 500 NG5 DIN 71805MA5 NA5 NG510∅4,35∅1318∅ 84,512∅ 822*max. force 500 N*max. force 180 NM51355162,5133651OA511,56 6,5∅62,5∅6,49,59202,5∅66,5184OG55,5∅814214∅5,524°3440*max. force 500 N4410∅5,51641 555PA510∅1414 7* Attention! Max. static Load in Newtons. Beware force increase during compression (Progression) and observe max. force limit.1,36 7∅610 10∅62,55PG5213821∅8∅8123Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 123

Mounting Accessories for Gas Springs and DampersAccessories M8x1.25 GS 19, GS 22, GZ 19, HB 22, HB 28, DVC 32A8 Eye68,110 thick breit141020∅ 14*max. force 3000 NG8M8Ball SocketDIN 71805∅20∅ 13C8Angle Ball JointDIN 71802∅20 ∅ 131216,536°30M815M8D816Clevis ForkDIN 71752∅881610 32M8E88Swivel EyeDIN 6481224°∅813636F8Inline Ball Joint*max. force 1200 NMA8 ME8NA8 NE8 NG8∅1216∅16M8M8 45° AF15 SW15∅ 12*max. force 1200 N *max. force 3000 N *max. force 3000 N *max. force 1200 N*max. force 1800 N223112M8Attention! Must only be usedwith compression loads.615∅ 1330*max. force 1200 NM82,51336519∅6,4209,513∅81848∅ 8162344010∅5,51651,37 11∅810 107 8,5∅8514,513*max. force 1200 NOA8OE8OG8*max. force 1200 NPA8PE8PG816∅5,575523107302 ∅82,5310 11∅85310 8,581317,5∅5,54441 5510∅82,5∅1615 112∅8515 8,5922,513124Accessories M10x1.5 GS 28, GZ 28, GBF 28, GBS 28A10 Eye98,1*max. force 1800 N2,51316∅5,512 breit thick∅ 1817152573651*max. force 1200 N55M10∅6,423C109,510307Angle Ball JointDIN 71802∅24 ∅ 16162092036°35M10MA1013∅818OE10231810 9∅104M104D1020∅10Clevis ForkDIN 71752102012 40ME10M10E10914Swivel EyeDIN 64824°∅10∅5,51644743∅1541 5518∅19M10F10M1045°25PE101015 92∅16∅10Inline Ball Joint*max. force 10 000 N *max. force 1800 N *max. force 10 000 N *max. force 10 000 N *max. force 1800 N9∅10*max. force 1200 N4AF17 SW1743AF17 SW1717M10Attention! Must only be usedwith compression loads.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change124* Attention! Max. static Load in Newtons. Beware force increase during compression (Progression) and observe max. force limit.Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Mounting Accessories for Gas Springs and DampersAccessories M14x1.5 GS 40, HB 40A14 Eye1214,114 breit thick∅ 25211840ME14M14x1,520C14Angle Ball JointDIN 71802∅30 ∅ 222836°*max. force 10 000 N2545M14x1,5M14x1,5D1427∅14142716 56Clevis ForkDIN 71752M14x1,5ND1419E141816°∅14Swivel EyeDIN 648181357∅20*max. force 10 000 N30∅26M14x1,5F14M14x1,530°40Inline Ball JointAF24 SW24 AF22 SW22*max. force 10 000 N *max. force 3200 N *max. force 10 000 N *max. force 10 000 N *max. force 3200 N5618M14x1,5Attention! Must only be usedwith compression loads.1026122846606∅14204020M8x1,25365012∅14206 M8x1,2514Accessories M24x2 GS 70, HB 70D24*max. force 50 000 NClevis ForkDIN 71752E24*max. force 50 000 NSwivel EyeDIN 64850∅2525M24x23112°∅2522∅34∅42M24x25032 10030309440Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeME2420*max. force 50 000 N402045107090∅253233M12x1,7560ND24*max. force 50 000 N* Attention! Max. static Load in Newtons. Beware force increase during compression (Progression) and observe max. force limit.5680204012∅2524M12x1,75125Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 125

Special Industrial Gas SpringsStainless Steel Gas SpringsGas Springs in 304 (V2A) StainlessSteelAs well as its very extensive range ofstandard adjustable force gas springsACE can offer a wide range of stainlesssteel gas springs. These are manufacturedin 304 (V2A) stainless steel insizes from ø15 mm to ø40 mm outerbody diameter.Furthermore this high quality stainlessfinish is available in all stroke lengthsand force levels on request. The associatedend fittings such as clevis forks,ball joints and swivel eyes etc. are alsoavailable in 304 (V2A) stainless for allmodel sizes. ACE Gas Springs are usedon a wide variety of applications tocontrol lifting or lowering of loads.Through their unique properties ofbeing corrosion resistant and nonmagneticthese stainless springs arethe preferred choice for medical,pharmaceutical, food, industryand marine applications.Gas ValveBody in V2A (1.4305)Oil Zone for End Position Damping andLubrication (Recommended mountingposition: piston rod downwards)Rear Endcap in V2A(1.4305)Front Bearingin V2A (1.4305)Piston Rodin V2A (1.4305)MA8-VA swivel assembly to suit flat eye end fittingsA8 and A10in stainless steel4029R8,52,523,6 +0,5∅8R4,517 ∅8,525,8126∅6,55169∅6,5Gas springs ranging frommodel GS-15 to GS-40 areavailable in Stainless Steel1.4301 / 1.4305There are end fittingssimular to our standardrange available.1318Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change126Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Calculation FormulaeCase 1 (e. g. Flap)Case 2 (e. g. Hood)α (80°)Opening Angleα (90°)Opening AngleStarting Angle(-12° = 348°)In this example:Starting Angle = 270°Opening Angle = +90°In this example:Starting Angle = 348°Opening Angle = +80°Push typePull typeDesired Mounting FittingsCase 1 Case 2 (with attached sketch only)Input DataGas Spring Fixing PointsEnd FittingAEnd FittingAIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeThe fixed point X F and Y F of the frame and the moving point X Land Y L of the flap are critical for the optimum operation.Therefore please attach a sketch of your application on separatepaper (a few lines with their dimensions are sufficient)!Moving mass m kgNo. of gas springs in parallel n pcsNumber of movements/dayAmbient temperature T °C(if not shown by the sketch)Radius of centre of gravity R M mmRadius of hand force R H mmStarting angle (0° to 360°) °Opening angle (–360° to +360°) a °(– = downwards, + = upwards)Dimensions of the flap: thickness mmDistance between flap and pivot:Upper side O K = mm, Lower side U K = mmComments:Sender:Co.AddressInternetNameDept.TelE-MailB Stud Thread BC Angle Ball Joint CD Clevis Fork DE Swivel Eye EF Inline Ball Joint FG Ball Socket GThe end fittings are interchangeable.e.g.: -CE C=Angle Ball Joint, E=Swivel EyeRequirement per year:Machine type/reference:Please copy, complete and fax to ACE: Fax +49-2173-922 689!Fax127Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 127

Industrial Gas SpringsApplication ExamplesACE Gas Springs protect samples in an incubator usedin chemistry and biology labs.How can you keep a hood made of Plexiglas, underwhich valuable lab material is placed, secure in an openedor closed position? With two maintenance-free,ready to install ACE gas springs type GS-12-60-AA-X.With 10 mm end-of-travel damping and an extensionforce of between 10 and 180 N, these gas springs willsupport and control the hood weight without difficulty.The hood is always easily opened and the gas springswill support it in this open position. The hood will alsostay securely closed during the incubation period.Secure opening and closingMini incubator fitted with miniature gas springsWith ACE Industrial Gas Springs, everything works.These innovative, foldable ringside stands proved tooheavy to simply fold up by hand. Help came withthe installation of two ACE industrial gas springs typeGS-28-300-CC-V which are fitted with a special adjustmentvalve system. At 28 mm diameter, they have astroke length of 300 mm and can provide an extensionforce of between 150 N and 2 500 N.They thereby provide the muscle power to supportthe deadweight of the seat stand and allow easy handoperated set-up of these ringside seats.128Easier folding systemIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeFoldable, space-saving ringside stands128Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

NotesIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 129

NotesIssue 9.2004 Specifications subject to change130Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

This Service is Free of ChargeFAX REQUESTCompanyNameDepartment/PositionStreet/PO BoxPostcode/CityCountryTelephone/FaxE-MailInternetYES! We are interested in:further copy of the new ACE Catalogue.the new ACE CAD-Library with Selectionprogramme on CD-Rom. 2D- and3D-Version (standard formats).Training at our site.Request our newselection programmeon CD-Rom!Technical assistance at our site.Issue 9.2004 Specifications subject to changeFAX to+49-2173-922 637Update for your earlierversion via internet!www.acecontrols-int.comStoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 15 10 · D- 40740 Langenfeld · Tel. +49 -2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 -2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 131

WorldwideARGENTINACAMOZZI NEUMATICA S.A.Prof. Dr. Pedro Chutro 3048c1437iyj Buenos AiresRepública ArgentinaTel.: (00 54) 11 49 11 08 16Fax: (00 54) 11 49 12 41 91AUSTRALIAIMI NORGREN LTD.33 South Corporate Av.Rowville, Victoria 3178, AustraliaTel.: (00 61) 3 92 13 08 00Fax: (00 61) 3 92 13 08 98AUSTRIAACE STOSSDÄMPFER GMBHHerzogstraße 26-28, D-40764 LangenfeldPostfach 1510, D-40740 LangenfeldTel.: (00 49) 21 73-92 26 10Fax: (00 49) 21 73-92 26 19(Vertriebspartner auf Anfrage)BRAZILOBR EQUIPAMENTOSINDUSTRIAIS LTDA.Rua Piratuba, 1573-Joinville-SC,CEP 89.222-061, BrazilTel.: (00 55) 0800 7 04 36 98Fax: (00 55) 4 74 25 90 30BELGIUMACE STOSSDÄMPFER GMBHHerzogstraße 26-28, D-40764 LangenfeldPostfach 1510, D-40740 LangenfeldTel.: (00 49) 21 73-92 26 10Fax: (00 49) 21 73-92 26 19(Vertriebspartner auf Anfrage)CANADACOWPER, LTD.677 7th Avenue, Lachine, Quebec H8S 3A1Tel.: (0 01) 5 14-6 37-67 46Fax: (0 01) 5 14-6 37-50 55CHILETAYLORAUTOMATIZACION S. A.A.V. Vicuna Mackenna # 1589Santiago, ChileTel.: (00 56) 25 55 15 16Fax: (00 56) 25 44 19 65CROATIA AND BOSNIABIBUS ZAGREB D.O.O.Anina 91, HR-10 000 Zagreb,CroatiaTel.: (00 385) 13 81 80 06Fax: (00 385) 13 81 80 05CZECH REPUBLICBIBUS S.R.O.Videnska 125, CZ-63927 Brno,Czech RepublicTel.: (0 04 20) 5 47 12 53 00Fax: (0 04 20) 5 47 12 53 10DENMARKAVN PNEUMATIK A/SDalager 1,DK-2605 Broendby,DenmarkTel.: (00 45) 70 20 04 11Fax: (00 45) 43 24 55 00FINLANDNESTEPAINE OY.Makituvantie 11, FIN-01510 Vantaa,FinlandTel.: (0 03 58) 9 61 36 33Fax: (0 03 58) 9 61 36 36 66FRANCEBIBUS DOEDIJNSZI du ChapotinF-69970 ChaponnayFranceTel.: (00 33) 4 78 96 80 00Fax: (00 33) 4 78 96 80 01GREAT BRITAINACE CONTROLSBelvedere Road,Newton-Le-WillowsMerseyside, WA12 0JJ, U.K.Tel.: (00 44) 19 25 22 71 71Fax: (00 44) 19 25 22 93 23GREECEPNEUMATECINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMSNevrokopiu 18, Athens 11855GreeceTel.: (00 302) 1 03412101/3413930Fax: (00 302) 1 03413930HONGKONGIMI NORGREN LIMITED6th Floor, Benson Tower74 Hung To Road, Kwun TongKowloon, Hong KongTel.: (0 08 52) 24 92 76 08Fax: (0 08 52) 24 98 58 78HUNGARYYERUHAM MUVEK KFT.1133 Budapest, XIII. district,Vésö str. 9-11, (Entrance: Süllö str. 8)HungaryTel.: (00 36) 1-4 12-41 61Fax: (00 36) 1-4 12-41 71BIBUS KFT.HU-1103 Budapest, Újhegyi út 2, HungaryTel.: (00 36) 1265 27 33Fax: (00 36) 1264 89 00INDIAMACO CORPORATION (INDIA)PVT LTD.2/5 Sarat Bose Road,”Sukhsagar” 7th Floor, 7A, Kolkata - 700 020Calcutta, IndiaTel.: (00 91) 33 4 75 83 71/85 00/454 3281Fax: (00 91) 33 4 54 32 693D EQUIPMENT319 Maheshwari Chambers6-3-650 SomajigudaHyderabad, 500 082 IndiaTel.: (00 91) 0 40 55 66 81 09Fax: (00 91) 0 40 55 62 87 27IRELANDIRISH PNEUMATICSERVICES LTD.Unit 2014, City West Business CampusSaggart, Co. Dublin, IrelandTel.: (0 03 53) 14 66 02 00Fax: (0 03 53) 14 66 01 58ISRAELILAN & GAVISHAUTOMATION SERVICE LTD.24, Shenkar Street, Qiryat-arie 49513P.O. Box 10118, Petha-Tiqva 49001, IsraelTel.: (0 09 72) 39 22 18 24Fax: (0 09 72) 39 24 07 61ITALYR.T.I. S.R.L.Via Chambery 93/107V,10142 Turin, ItalyTel.: (00 39) 011-70 00 53/70 02 32Fax: (00 39) 011-70 01 41JAPANACE CONTROLS JAPAN LTD.Tanaka Bldg. 3rd Floor, 2-9-6 Kanda-Tacho,Chiyoda-Ku, Tokyo, 101-0046 JapanTel.: (00 81) 3 52 97 25 10Fax: (00 81) 3 52 97 25 17JORDANATAFAWOK TRADING EST.P.O. Box 921797, Amman 11192,JordanTel.: (0 09 62) 64 02 38 73Fax: (0 09 62) 65 92 63 25KOREAKOREA PNEUMATIC SYSTEM CO., LTD.Rm 206, Saehan Venture World B/D,#113-15 Siheung-dong, Keumchun-gu,Seoul, Korea, Zip Code:153-839Tel.: (00 82) 2 2617 5008Fax: (00 82) 2 2617 5009LUXEMBOURGACE STOSSDÄMPFER GMBHHerzogstraße 26-28, D-40764 LangenfeldPostfach 1510, D-40740 LangenfeldTel.: (00 49) 21 73-92 26 10Fax: (00 49) 21 73-92 26 19(Vertriebspartner auf Anfrage)MALAYSIAHOERBIGER-ORIGA SDN BHD12 Jalan USJ 7 / 3A47610 UEP Subang JayaSelangor Darul Ehsan, MalaysiaTel.: (00 65) 64 83 29 59Fax: (00 65) 64 83 29 79IMI NORGREN PTE. LTD.16 Tuas Street, Singapore 638453Tel.: (00 65) 68 62 18 11Fax: (00 65) 68 62 19 16MEXICOKOPAR S.A. DE C.V.Thomas Alva Edison 3116Fraccionamiento IndustrialMonterrey, N.L. 64299 MexicoTel.: (00 52) 81 12 57 50 00Fax: (00 52) 81 83 51 59 43NETHERLANDSACE STOSSDÄMPFER GMBHHerzogstraße 26-28, D-40764 LangenfeldPostfach 1510, D-40740 LangenfeldTel.: (00 49) 21 73-92 26 10Fax: (00 49) 21 73-92 26 19(Vertriebspartner auf Anfrage)NEW ZEALANDIMI NORGREN (N.Z.) LTD.3-5 Walls RoadP. O. Box 12-893, Penrose, AucklandTel.: (00 64) 95 79 01 89Fax: (00 64) 95 26 33 99NORWAYOILTECH AS.Dynamitveien 23, Postboks 133N-1401 Ski, NorwayTel.: (00 47) 64 91 11 80Fax: (00 47) 64 87 43 21PAKISTANJ.J. HYDRAULICS &PNEUMATICSHotel Metropole Bldg.Room 127, 1st Floor Club RoadKarachi, Pakistan 75520Tel.: (00 92) 2 15 66 10 63Fax: (00 92) 2 15 66 10 65POLANDBIBUS MENOS SP.Z.O.O.ul. Tadeusza Wendy 7/981-341 Gdynia, PolandTel.: (00 48) 5 86 60 95 70Fax: (00 48) 5 86 61 71 32PORTUGALAIRCONTROL S.A.Paseo Sarroeta 4E-20014 San Sebastian, SpainTel.: (00 34) 9 43 44 50 80Fax: (00 34) 9 43 44 51 53PUERTO RICOP & C COMPANYP.O. Box 120Canovanas, Puerto Rico 00729Tel.: (00 17 87) 7 68 50 33Fax: (00 17 87) 7 50 68 20SINGAPOREHOERBIGER-ORIGA PTE. LTD.Block 5012 Ang Mo Kio Avenue 5#05-01TECHplace llSingapore 569876Tel.: (00 65) 64 83 29 59Fax: (00 65) 64 83 29 79SLOVAKIABIBUS SK, S.R.O.Priemyselna 4, SK-94901 Nitra, SlovakiaTel.: (0 04 21) 37-741-2525Fax: (0 04 21) 37-516-6701SLOVENIAINOTEH D. O. O.Vorohova 20, SI-2345 Bistrica ob DraviSloveniaTel.: (0 03 86) 02 665 1131Fax: (0 03 86) 02 665 2081SOUTH AFRICAISANDO PNEUMATICS(PTY) LTD.1, Skietlood Street, Isando ext. 3P.O. Box 441, Isando 1600, South AfricaTel.: (00 27) 1 19 74 51 76Fax: (00 27) 1 19 74 61 37SPAINAIRCONTROL, S. A.Paseo Sarroeta 4E-20014 San Sebastian, SpainTel.: (00 34) 9 43 44 50 80Fax: (00 34) 9 43 44 51 53SWEDENHYDNET ABTurebergsvagen 5191 47 Sollentuna, SwedenTel.: (00 46) 8 59 47 04 70Fax: (00 46) 8 59 47 04 79SWITZERLANDBIBUS AGHertistrasse 1CH-8304 Wallisellen, SwitzerlandTel.: (00 41) 18 77 50 11Fax: (00 41) 18 77 50 19TAIWANDANYAO TRADINGCOMPANY LTD.7F, NO. 19, Chung-Cheng RoadHsin-Chuang City, 242Taipei County, TaiwanTel.: (0 08 86) 2 22 76 82 00Fax: (0 08 86) 2 22 76 75 73THAILANDB-TAC AUTOMATIONLTD. PART.2036/42 SOI 60/2 Sukhumvit Rd10250 BangkokTel.: (00 66) 2-33 19 06 24Fax: (00 66) 2-33 23 87 0TURKEYT.M.G. PNEUMATIC &HYDRAULIC LTD.Necatibey Cad No. 5480030 Karakoy, TurkeyTel.: (00 90) 21 22 93 82 00Fax: (00 90) 21 22 49 88 34USAACE CONTROLSINTERNATIONAL INC.P.O. Box 71, FarmingtonUSA-Michigan 48024(and in all states)Tel.: (0 01) 2 48-4 76-02 13Fax: (0 01) 2 48-4 76-24 70ACE Stoßdämpfer GmbH · PO Box 1510, D - 40740 Langenfeld · Herzogstr. 26–28, D - 40764 LangenfeldTel. +49 - 2173 - 922 680 · Fax +49 - 2173 - 922 689 · E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com · Internet: www.acecontrols-int.com